WO2014015194A2 - Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation - Google Patents

Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014015194A2
WO2014015194A2 PCT/US2013/051165 US2013051165W WO2014015194A2 WO 2014015194 A2 WO2014015194 A2 WO 2014015194A2 US 2013051165 W US2013051165 W US 2013051165W WO 2014015194 A2 WO2014015194 A2 WO 2014015194A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
particle
agglutination
visualization
mixture
image
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2013/051165
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2014015194A3 (en
Inventor
Paul Patel
Samartha ANEKAL
Ian Gibbons
Elizabeth Holmes
Swapna JOSHI
Original Assignee
Theranos, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to CN201380048275.6A priority Critical patent/CN104641234B/en
Priority to AU2013292395A priority patent/AU2013292395A1/en
Priority to MX2015000809A priority patent/MX366275B/en
Priority to BR112015001087A priority patent/BR112015001087A2/en
Application filed by Theranos, Inc. filed Critical Theranos, Inc.
Priority to JP2015523269A priority patent/JP2015522825A/en
Priority to KR1020157004315A priority patent/KR20150038155A/en
Priority to CA2878880A priority patent/CA2878880C/en
Priority to EP13820209.8A priority patent/EP2875354A4/en
Priority to SG11201500344XA priority patent/SG11201500344XA/en
Publication of WO2014015194A2 publication Critical patent/WO2014015194A2/en
Publication of WO2014015194A3 publication Critical patent/WO2014015194A3/en
Priority to US14/598,498 priority patent/US10281479B2/en
Priority to IL236769A priority patent/IL236769B/en
Priority to HK15110933.2A priority patent/HK1210266A1/en
Priority to US16/370,167 priority patent/US20190293665A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/86Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving blood coagulating time or factors, or their receptors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61BDIAGNOSIS; SURGERY; IDENTIFICATION
    • A61B5/00Measuring for diagnostic purposes; Identification of persons
    • A61B5/08Detecting, measuring or recording devices for evaluating the respiratory organs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/543Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
    • G01N33/54313Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being characterised by its particulate form
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/543Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
    • G01N33/554Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals the carrier being a biological cell or cell fragment, e.g. bacteria, yeast cells
    • G01N33/555Red blood cell
    • G01N33/556Fixed or stabilised red blood cell
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/569Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
    • G01N33/56983Viruses
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6854Immunoglobulins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01LCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL LABORATORY APPARATUS FOR GENERAL USE
    • B01L3/00Containers or dishes for laboratory use, e.g. laboratory glassware; Droppers
    • B01L3/50Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes
    • B01L3/502Containers for the purpose of retaining a material to be analysed, e.g. test tubes with fluid transport, e.g. in multi-compartment structures
    • B01L3/5021Test tubes specially adapted for centrifugation purposes

Definitions

  • Hemagglutination is a specific form of agglutination that involves red blood cells (RBCs). This phenomenon is used in the laboratory to determine blood type, the presence and/or quantity of virus in a blood sample, and /or the quantity of certain anti-infectious agent antibodies. Hemagglutination causes RBCs to form macroscopic lattice structures that are stable against moderate agitation. These structures can be distinguished from non-agglutinated RBCs by visual observation, which forms the basis of a variety of traditional assay methods.
  • RBCs red blood cells
  • Hemagglutination can be triggered by viruses, bacteria, antibodies, and other factors (e.g. lectins).
  • viruses that bind to type A antigens will induce hemagglutination in samples containing type A or AB RBCs.
  • viruses and viral antigens that bind to cell surface molecules can induce hemagglutination.
  • Viruses may contain the protein
  • hemagglutinin which binds to molecules on host cells.
  • hemagglutinin proteins may bind to sialic acid on the membrane of host cells such as RBCs.
  • Viral titer can be approximated by observing hemagglutination at various dilutions of a sample containing virus. Bacteria can also be detected and quantified with these methods.
  • Methods, compositions, systems and devices for improved agglutination assays are provided.
  • improved imaging techniques for analysis of agglutination reactions are provided.
  • methods for reducing the time and/or increasing the accuracy of agglutination reactions are provided.
  • improved reagents for agglutination reactions are provided.
  • improved devices for performing or analyzing agglutination reactions are provided. Additional improvements are also provided and the disclosure includes additional aspects. Multiple improvements disclosed herein may be used together.
  • a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample wherein the antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, and the method includes the steps of: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting
  • the method includes (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, a viral particle, and a biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of a detectable amount of the antibody.
  • a microscopic image of the mixture is obtained.
  • a method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes or modified red blood cells, a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the presence of agglutination indicates the presence of the viral particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
  • the method of determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the viral particle, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the lack of detectable amount of the viral particle.
  • a microscopic image of the mixture is obtained.
  • a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject including: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject who has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (c) determining the concentration of an antibody against the virus in the sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, and wherein said steps (b) - (c) take place in less than one hour.
  • the method includes (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; (c) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture; and (d) determining the concentration of an antibody against the viral particle in said biological sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the antibody.
  • a microscopic image of the mixture is obtained.
  • the erythrocytes can be pre-fixed, e.g., by treatment with
  • the erythrocytes may include turkey red blood cells or red cells from other non-human RBCs.
  • the viral particles detected by any of the subject methods can include any type of agglutinating virus.
  • agglutinating virus For example and without limitation, hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and any strain of influenza virus may be detected by methods disclosed herein.
  • antibodies detected by any of the methods disclosed herein can be against any type of agglutinating particle, such as agglutinating viruses.
  • antibodies against HBV, HCV and any strains of influenza virus may be detected.
  • the biological sample utilized in any of the methods disclosed herein can be any suitable bodily fluid, processed or unprocessed, including but not limited to fresh or anti-coagulated whole blood, plasma and serum.
  • the plasma or serum is from a subject that has been administered with a vaccine against the viral particle.
  • the biological sample can be pre-treated with neuraminidase, for example, by incubating said biological sample with neuraminidase, for a suitable period of time such as less than 2 hours, 1 hour, 30 minutes, 20 minutes, 10 minutes, 5 minutes or even less.
  • the various steps employed in a method disclosed herein can be completed within about 2 hours, 60 minutes, 45 minutes, 30 minutes or less, or between about 30 to about 60 minutes.
  • image analysis methods are used to analyze the bulk movement of RBCs or visualization particles in an agglutination assay in a conical well or tube.
  • image analysis methods are used to analyze microscopic images of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an agglutination assay, in order to interrogate the fine structure of the RBC or visualization particle suspension.
  • a method for image analysis of bulk movement of RBCs and visualization particles is provided.
  • a method for image analysis of agglutination reactions using designated locations in a reaction vessel e.g. reaction tube or well.
  • a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using scanning of the packed cells of an agglutination reaction.
  • a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using determination of the area and/or perimeter of the packed cells an agglutination reaction.
  • packed cells include a button and/or teardrop region.
  • the presence of the agglutination is evidenced by formation of erythrocyte -viral particle clusters, and wherein said clusters are captured in an imaging region of an optical device.
  • the optical device can include without limitation a camera, a microscope, an optical scanner, a sensor, a detector, or any other suitable imaging device.
  • an analysis of the agglutination reaction can be performed by calculating the size of said clusters based on the center-to -center distance of individual erythrocytes captured in each of said images.
  • a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject can further include the step of administering a second dosage of the first vaccine against the viral particle to the subject if the concentration of the antibody in the biological sample is lower than a predetermined level.
  • kit including: pre-fixed erythrocytes, a viral particle, and instructions for a user to use the kit for antibody or viral detection.
  • Such instructions may be wirelessly transmitted and executed in automated systems.
  • a method of assaying for the agglutination of particles in a mixture comprising: generating a mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with the agglutinating particles; obtaining at least one image of the mixture; and analyzing the image to obtain a measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture.
  • the visualization particle is a RBC or a microsphere.
  • the agglutinating particle is a virus, viral particle, or an antibody.
  • the image is obtained with a CCD or CMOS image sensor.
  • the image is obtained with optical device.
  • the agglutinating particle is provided in a biological sample from a subject.
  • the biological sample comprises plasma or serum.
  • the agglutinating particle is a virus.
  • the agglutinating particle is an antibody.
  • the method permits the determination of the quantity of a virus or an antibody in the sample.
  • the mixture further comprises an antibody which specifically binds to the agglutinating particle and inhibits the interaction of the agglutinating particle with the visualization particle.
  • the antibody is provided to the mixture in a biological sample from a subject.
  • the biological sample comprises plasma or serum.
  • the method permits the determination of the quantity of the antibody in the sample.
  • the image is obtained within 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2, minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, or 8 hours of generating the mixture.
  • the analyzing the image comprises identification of a region of interest (ROI) in the image.
  • ROI comprises imaged information of the mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
  • measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture is a qualitative measurement of agglutination or non-agglutination.
  • measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture is a quantitative measurement of degree of agglutination.
  • the analyzing the image comprises identification of clusters in the image.
  • the methods further comprising determining the size or number of clusters in the image.
  • the identification of clusters in the image comprises determining the distance between visualization particles in the image.
  • the determining the distance between visualization particles comprises determining the center-to-center distance between visualization particles in the image.
  • the analyzing the image comprises determining the center-to-center distance between a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle in the image.
  • the analyzing the image may further comprising determining the location of the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle in the image.
  • the identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles comprises identifying a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle wherein the center-to-center distance between the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle is no greater than 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, or 5 times the diameter of either the first or second visualization particle.
  • identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles in an image comprises identifying a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle wherein the center-to-center distance between the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle is no greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 50 urn.
  • identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles in an image comprises identifying a cluster of at least three visualization particles, wherein each of the three visualization particles is positioned such the center of the particle is located no further than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 50 urn from the center of each of the other two visualization particles in the cluster.
  • identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles in an image
  • the identification of clusters in the image comprises selecting a cut-off value distance, wherein particles situated at a distance from each other which is less than the cut-off value distance are considered to be associated with each other.
  • the selecting a cut-off value distance comprises calculating a radial distribution function for two or more particles in the image.
  • the analyzing the image comprises feature extraction from a region of the image comprising imaged information of the mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
  • feature extraction comprises analyzing the texture of a mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
  • analyzing the texture of the mixture comprises analyzing the imaged information with a local binary patterns operator.
  • the feature extraction comprises analyzing the texture of a mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles
  • the feature extraction further comprises analyzing the intensity of signal in one or more color channels in a region of the image comprising imaged information of the mixture comprising visualization particles and
  • analyzing the texture of the mixture comprises inputting information obtained from the local binary patterns operator into an algorithm which has been previously trained with local binary patterns information from one or more images of a mixture of known agglutination status comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
  • the analyzing the image comprises comparing feature extraction information from the image of the mixture with feature extraction information from an image of a control mixture of known agglutination status comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
  • agglutination assays and agglutination inhibitions assays are different but related assays.
  • descriptions herein of systems, reagents, methods for "agglutination assays” and the like may be applicable to both agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • descriptions herein of systems, reagents and methods for "agglutination inhibition assays” and the like may be applicable to both agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • both agglutination and agglutination inhibition assays may involve analyzing the extent of agglutination of visualization particles in an assay, and thus, systems, reagents and methods provided herein for analyzing the extent of agglutination of visualization particles may be applicable to both agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays.
  • FIG. 1 depicts agglutination of red blood cells.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates the traditional pelleting assay by which agglutinated and non- agglutinated samples can be distinguished.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates the traditional pelleting assay by which agglutinated and non- agglutinated samples can be distinguished in conical tubes.
  • FIG. 4 depicts A) virus-mediated aggregation of cells and B) antibody-mediated aggregation of cells.
  • FIG. 5 depicts antibody-mediated inhibition of virus-mediated aggregation of cells.
  • FIG. 6 depicts schematics related to analysis of bulk movement of visualization particles by image analysis at designated locations in a vessel.
  • Panel A depicts movement of visualization particles across zones in unagglutinated, partly agglutinated, and agglutinated samples.
  • Panel B depicts zones that are smaller than the area of visualization particles.
  • FIG. 7 shows a sample graph of signal intensity vs. zone number for the samples depicted in FIG. 6
  • FIG. 8 depicts an axis through a button and teardrop region of packed cells in the bottom of a vessel, as may be used for analysis of bulk movement of visualization particles by image analysis using scanning.
  • FIG. 9 shows a sample graph of signal intensity vs. position number along an axis as depicted in FIG. 8 for unagglutinated, agglutinated, and partially agglutinated samples.
  • the line marked by triangles is agglutinated sample
  • the line marked by squares is partly agglutinated sample
  • the line marked by diamonds is unagglutinated sample.
  • FIG. 10 depicts a schematic showing identification of the perimeter of the button (Area
  • a / 1005) and teardrop (Area B / 1010) area of packed visualization particles as may be used for analysis of bulk movement of visualization particles by image analysis of areas or perimeter.
  • FIG. 11 shows a sample graph showing an analysis as in FIG. 10, which depicts the relationship between % area of Area A (1005) and Area B (1010), agglutination extent, and the ratio of Area B to Area A.
  • the line marked by diamonds is Area A
  • the line marked by squares is Area B
  • the line marked by triangles is the ratio of Area B / Area A.
  • FIG. 12 shows representative microscopic images for a non-aggregated sample A) and an aggregated sample B).
  • FIG. 13 shows distribution of cluster sizes for six samples, samples 1-5 and control (left side graph) and the calculated association factor for each of the six samples (right side graph).
  • Inset in the right side graph is a macroscopic image of the same samples measured using the method of plate tilting and visual observation of the flow characteristics of packed red cells.
  • the left column of the inset is an image of the wells before plate tilting, and the right column of the inset is an image of the wells after plate tilting.
  • FIG. 14 shows comparison between A) microscopic analysis of association factor, B) macroscopic visual image of pelleting assay, C) macroscopic scanned image of pelleting assay subjected to threshold digitization, and D) analysis of macroscopic scanned image of pelleting assay.
  • B) and C) contain images of the samples analyzed in A) and D), respectively.
  • B) and C) show images of the pelleting assay using the method of plate tilting and observation of the flow characteristics of packed red cells.
  • the wells are numbered 1-6 from the bottom to the top, and the adjacent wells in each of the right and left row are duplicates of the same assay conditions.
  • the line marked by diamonds is area of cells in the right column of C
  • the line marked by triangles is the area of cells in the left column of C
  • the line marked by squares is the perimeter of cells in the right column of C
  • the line marked by crosses is the perimeter of cells in the left column of C).
  • FIG. 15 shows comparison between pre -treatment with the traditional receptor- destroying enzyme (RDE) method (slashed fill) and a method using neuraminidase provided herein (solid fill).
  • RDE receptor- destroying enzyme
  • FIG. 16 shows comparison of pre-treatment of plasma samples, as labeled, with control, RDE method, and a neuraminidase method provided herein.
  • FIG. 17 shows antibody titer results from an HAI method of the disclosure plotted against results from the traditional HAI (hemagglutination assay inhibition) method.
  • FIG. 18 shows antibody titer results from an HAI method of the disclosure plotted against results from the traditional HAI method, with three different viral antigens HlNl, H3N2, and Influenza B.
  • FIG. 19 shows a plot of an exemplary radial distribution function of particles in an agglutination assay, with distance r (in pixels) on the X-axis and g(r) on the Y-axis.
  • FIG. 20 shows a flow chart providing exemplary steps for assessing agglutination of a sample according to embodiments of methods provided herein.
  • FIG. 21 shows images of exemplary tips containing agglutination assays
  • FIGs. 21 A, 21B, and 21C show assays with samples from different subjects.
  • compositions, systems, devices, and methods related to assays for a viral particle, agglutinating particle, antigen or an antibody to an antigen in a sample by detecting the occurrence of agglutination of erythrocytes or other particles which may be selectively agglutinated / aggregated, such as microspheres.
  • a "subject” may be a human or animal.
  • the subject may be living or dead.
  • the subject may be a patient, clinical subject, or pre-clinical subject.
  • a subject may be undergoing diagnosis, treatment, and/or disease prevention.
  • the subject may or may not be under the care of a health care professional.
  • a "blood sample” is a sample of blood or any blood fraction, blood derivative and the like.
  • Plasma is an example of a blood fraction.
  • the blood sample can have any suitable volume, be obtained by any suitable method, be collected from any part of the subject at any time, be collected in any suitable vessel, and the like.
  • Blood is a specialized bodily
  • Blood samples may have any suitable materials added, optionally one or more anti-coagulants.
  • Blood sample also includes blood samples that are diluted.
  • Plasma is the liquid component of blood in which the blood cells in whole blood are normally suspended. It is the intravascular fluid part of extracellular fluid (all body fluid outside of cells). It is mostly water (about 93% by volume) and may contain dissolved
  • Plasma being the main medium for excretory product transportation. Blood plasma may be prepared by spinning
  • Blood serum is blood plasma without fibrin, fibrinogen or the other clotting factors (i.e., whole blood minus both cells and clotting factors).
  • Blood samples may be obtained by a "non-venous route", meaning that the blood is not drawn from the veins and arteries of the body with a needle.
  • Non-venous route does not limit the blood sample to being either venous blood (deoxygenated blood) or arterial blood (oxygenated blood). Both venous blood and arterial blood are suitable.
  • Obtaining blood from capillaries of the body is one example of a non-venous route.
  • a "finger prick”, “fmgerstick”, or similar is one example of a method suitable for obtaining a blood sample by a non-venous route.
  • a sharp point or edge may be used to penetrate the skin of the finger (or any other part of the body), causing blood to emanate from the body.
  • a fmgerstick may also be performed on the heel, optionally on the heel of a baby, for example.
  • the blood may be collected using a capillary tube, pipette, swab, drop, or any other mechanism known in the art.
  • agglutination means the process by which particles such as molecules or cells cluster in space over a course of time.
  • the resulting aggregates have at least some different properties than the individual un-aggregated particles, and assays to detect or measure these aggregates provide useful information.
  • viral particle includes any molecule or material that contains a virus or viral components.
  • the term includes whole viruses, as well as parts of viruses.
  • Viral particles include viral antigens.
  • Viral antigens include, without limitation, viral polypeptides, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates.
  • erythrocyte includes any form of a red blood cell, from any organism.
  • the term includes fresh, unaltered, red blood cells, as well as red blood cells that have been subjected to a chemical or other treatment.
  • the term includes red blood cells from mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish, invertebrates, or any other type of organism.
  • Images are any artifact, for example a two-dimensional picture, set of pictures, or video that has a similar appearance to some physical object. Images may involve the capture of light by a camera.
  • Images may be "pixilated”, meaning that they comprise pixels.
  • point of service locations may include locations where a subject may receive a service (e.g. testing, monitoring, treatment, diagnosis, guidance, sample collection, ID verification, medical services, non-medical services, etc.), and may include, without limitation, a subject's home, a subject's business, the location of a healthcare provider (e.g., doctor), hospitals, emergency rooms, operating rooms, clinics, health care professionals' offices, laboratories, retailers [e.g. pharmacies (e.g., retail pharmacy, clinical pharmacy, hospital pharmacy), drugstores, supermarkets, grocers, etc.], transportation vehicles (e.g.
  • a point of service is a point of care.
  • a "point of care” refers to any location at or near a subject (e.g. a subject's home or work, grocery stores, drug stores, medical clinics, hospitals, schools, etc.) where a subject may receive medical-related care (e.g. treatment, testing, monitoring, diagnosis, counseling, sample collection, etc.).
  • Video images are a series of images collected sequentially over time. Video images may be collected at any rate, including for example, at least 1 frame / minute, at least 1 frame / 10 seconds, at least 1 frame / second, at least 10 frames / second, at least 20 frames / second, at least 30 frames / second, at least 40 frames / second, at least 50 frames / second, at least 100 frames / second, or at least 200 frames / second.
  • Hemagglutination assays have been in use for many years with complex, slow protocols.
  • the character of the agglutination reaction is that large structures are held together by relatively weak forces (non-covalent protein-protein interactions). Such processes respond to mechanical forces like agitation and mixing of the cell suspension.
  • the character of the agglutinates is dependent not only on the reactants but also on the shape of the vessel in which the reaction occurs.
  • the temperature, solvent composition, presence of polymers such as proteins, carbohydrates (e.g. Dextran) and other (e.g. polyethylene glycol) polymers all may have effects on the reaction.
  • a general schematic of an agglutination reaction is shown in FIG. 1.
  • the reaction vessel is a straight-sided circular tube. Agglutinated red cells settle more quickly than unagglutinated cells. After sufficient time has passed, the agglutinated cell reaction product exhibits a clear supernatant with a pellet of agglutinated cells, while the unagglutinated cell reaction remains turbid, with the unagglutinated cells remaining in suspension.
  • FIG. 3 The second method is illustrated in FIG. 3. It has been found that using conical tubes can cause some agglutinated red blood cells to form a distributed lattice / mat at the bottom of the tube, while some of the agglutinated red blood cells remain suspended in solution. In contrast, most of the unagglutinated cells roll down the sides of the tube to form a "button" at the narrow bottom tip of the tube, but this button is loosely packed.
  • conical tubes may be tilted after the cells have been given sufficient time to settle in the assay. When such tubes are tilted at an angle as in FIG. 3, the button of unagglutinated cells flows to form a "teardrop" shaped mass, whereas agglutinated cells exhibit significantly less flow.
  • a method for determining the presence of a viral particle using a binding assay.
  • the viral particle in this assay, binds to erythrocytes and forms erythrocyte-viral particle clusters, and accordingly leads to agglutination. This may be referred to as a hemagglutination assay (HA). See FIG. 4, panel A.
  • HA hemagglutination assay
  • a method for determining the presence of an antibody using a binding assay.
  • the antibody if present, binds to the erythrocytes and forms erythrocyte- antibody particle clusters, and accordingly leads to agglutination. This also may be referred to as a hemagglutination assay (HA). See FIG. 4, panel B.
  • HA hemagglutination assay
  • a method for determining the presence of antibody using a competition assay.
  • the antibody in this assay the antibody, if present, binds to the surface of a viral particle, thus preventing the viral particle from binding to the erythrocytes and forming erythrocyte-viral particle clusters.
  • the antibody against the viral particle results in the absence or inhibition of agglutination. This may be referred to as a hemagglutination assay inhibition (HAI). See FIG 5.
  • HAI hemagglutination assay inhibition
  • methods provided herein may reduce the sample pre-treatment time for agglutination assays to as little as 30 minutes or less. In one aspect, this may be achieved by the use of neuraminidase during sample pre-treatment.
  • methods provided herein may simplify the hemagglutination assay reagent set.
  • the methods provided herein employ a single, stable type of red blood cell preparation (or its equivalent, such as microsphere) for all hemagglutination assays.
  • a stable type of red cell preparation is turkey red cells stabilized by glutaraldehyde fixation. Such fixed cells are essentially indefinitely stable (in contrast to fresh red cells which have to be prepared daily and will vary from day to day).
  • Fixation does not inactivate the cell surface receptors to which the viral hemagglutinin or other agglutinating particles bind.
  • Fresh red cells and cells from different animal species can also be used in the disclosed methods.
  • methods of the present disclosure include the combination of assay steps. While the traditional HAI method uses at least two separate incubations (one reaction of treated sample containing antibodies with viral antigen, plus one reaction with red cells, totaling about 60 minutes), the methods provided herein for may use of a single incubation. Such incubation may be significantly shorter than in traditional methods, such as taking about 45 minutes or less, about 30 minutes or less, about 25 minutes or less, about 20 minutes or less, about 15 minutes or less, about 10 minutes or less, about 5 minutes or less, about 4 minutes or less, about 3 minutes or less, about 2 minutes or less, or about 1 minute or less. In certain embodiments, two steps can also be used.
  • methods of the present disclosure accelerate agglutination reactions.
  • Agglutination reactions are sensitive to the assay medium composition. Charge-charge interactions and weak interactions with, for example, polymers (proteins, carbohydrate polymers such as dextran) and the like all may have profound effects on the agglutination rate and end- point.
  • albumin can accelerate the agglutination reaction by about four fold.
  • Methods of the present disclosure further provide objective analysis of the agglutination end-point.
  • Image analysis can be used to read hemagglutination assays objectively and quantitatively without the need for titration of sample. Certain methods for image analysis are provided in U.S. Provisional Appl. No. 61/435,250, filed Jan. 21, 2011, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • a digital image of an agglutination assay in a conical tube reaction container is collected. This image can be interpreted to measure the extent of "teardrop” formation (length of red cell column).
  • "cluster analysis" of visualization particles may be performed as described in detail below. This method enables an agglutination reaction to be read after very short time.
  • the methods provided herein may reduce total agglutination assay time.
  • Table 1 provides a comparison of the traditional method and an exemplary agglutination inhibition assay embodiment of the methods provided herein. As shown in Table 1 below, the methods provided herein may result in a more than 20-fold reduction in assay time and a significant reduction in agglutination assay protocol complexity.
  • Methods disclosed herein can further eliminate of the need for serial dilution of reagents by use of an objective, kinetic readout.
  • One or more the steps of the method may be performed at point of service or point of care location. Performance of methods disclosed herein a point of care location may enable medical personnel to rapidly make a treatment decision for a subject based on assay data related to the specific subject.
  • Hemagglutination assays may be used as a method of detection or quantification for viruses, bacteria, antibodies or other hemagglutinating particles by hemagglutination.
  • erythrocytes can be referred to as hemagglutination
  • visualization particle refers to any cell or particle that may be agglutinated and detected macroscopically or microscopically.
  • Visualization particles include, without limitation, erythrocytes, other cells, and microspheres.
  • agglutinating particle refers to any molecule or organism which may bind to and cause aggregation of cells or visualization particles.
  • Agglutinating particles include, without limitation, viruses, viral particles, and antibodies.
  • any of the assays described herein as “hemagglutination assays” or “hemagglutination inhibition assays” may also be carried out with non-red blood cell
  • visualization particles e.g. microspheres, bacteria
  • a HAI assay may be performed to assay for any antibody that can bind to any agglutinating particle, in order to inhibit the agglutination of visualization particles by that agglutinating particle.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates the process of hemagglutination induced by A) virus and B) antibody.
  • Virus-induced hemagglutination can be used, for example, to detect the presence of or quantify an amount of a virus or viral particle, also known as viral titer.
  • Antibody-induced agglutination can be used, for example, to determine blood type of erythrocytes in a sample.
  • a method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample including: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes and a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the presence of agglutination indicates the presence of the viral particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
  • the detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein.
  • a method for determining the presence of an agglutinating particle in a biological sample including: (a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles and a biological sample suspected of containing the agglutinating particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particle via interaction with the agglutinating particle; and (b) detecting whether said agglutination occurs in said mixture, wherein the presence of said agglutination indicates the presence of said agglutinating particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
  • the detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein.
  • Detection of agglutination generally involves taking images of the agglutination using an imaging device, such as a scanner, camera, detector, or sensor, which may be coupled to a microscope.
  • the assay is carried using a device that is capable of holding the reactions, such as a 96- well microtiter plate or its equivalent.
  • a pre -treated biological sample containing the viral particle or agglutinating particle to be detected may be serially diluted in the plate with a diluent buffer (e.g. PBS with BSA).
  • a diluent buffer e.g. PBS with BSA.
  • pre-fixed RBCs or visualization particles in suspension may be added, followed by gentle mixing.
  • the reaction is incubated for a suitable period of time, for example, a total of about 15 minutes. However, a total incubation shorter or longer than 15 minutes may also be used, such as about 10 or 5 minutes or shorter, or 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60 minutes, or longer.
  • the incubation may be carried at room temperature (i.e., 25 °C), or at a temperature that is lower or higher than room temperature, such as about 4, 8, 12, 14, 16, 20, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70°C.
  • the temperature and duration of incubation can be optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assays.
  • the plate may be read on a scanner and a final end-point image may be taken of the plate, preferably when the plate is tilted at 20 - 75°, such as at about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, or 75°.
  • an image of the agglutination assay is captured with an optical device which includes a microscope.
  • the assay is generally carried as described above, except after the pre-fixed RBCs or visualization particles are added to the reaction, a small sample (e.g. 1-2 ⁇ .) from the well (or other structure holding the reaction) is transferred directly into a cuvette or tip, and imaged under an optical device containing a microscope. Images may be collected and analyzed to calculate association factors as described in more detail herein.
  • the duration for performing the agglutination assay is generally optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assay.
  • performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in less than one hour, such as about 10 or less, 15 or less, 20 or less, 30 or less, 40 or less, 50 or less, or 60 minutes or less.
  • performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in more than one hour, but less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 hours.
  • an HA assay is performed using a sample known not to contain an agglutinating virus, to ensure that observed agglutination is a result of agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle (i.e. a negative control). In some embodiments, an HA assay is performed using a sample known to contain an agglutinating virus, to ensure that erythrocytes or visualization particles used in the assay are capable of undergoing agglutination (i.e. a positive control).
  • HAI Assay Hemagglutination Inhibition Assay
  • HAI hemagglutination inhibition assays
  • HAI assays measure the ability of a sample to inhibit hemagglutination.
  • HAI assays are useful, for example, for detecting or measuring the presence of antibodies capable of binding an agglutinating virus or an agglutinating particle and inhibiting its ability to agglutinate. The presence of such binding can be a useful indicator of the presence of antibodies against a virus or agglutinating particle.
  • FIG. 5 a schematic diagram of inhibition of hemagglutination is depicted.
  • a reagent containing virus is incubated with a sample that may contain antibodies that bind selectively to the virus.
  • Antibody binding to a viral particle can interfere with the viral particle's ability to induce hemagglutination. Inhibition of hemagglutination thus serves to indicate the presence of antibody.
  • HAI assays may be used to detect or measure antibodies in a biological sample.
  • the HAI assay is performed in at least three steps: (1) pre- treatment of sample suspected of containing an antibody; (2) incubation of pre-treated sample suspected of containing an antibody with a virus (antibodies to the virus bind to the
  • step (2) rendering the hemagglutinin inactive
  • step (3) the material from step (2) is inactivated, and then a preparation of red cells (freshly made) is added, and the mixture incubated for a total of about 2 hours.
  • methods of the disclosure improve on the traditional method by removing the need for three separate steps.
  • reagent red blood cells and viral antigens are combined into a single reagent.
  • agglutinating particles and visualization particles are combined into a single reagent.
  • a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the absence of agglutination indicates the presence of said antibody, and wherein said steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
  • the detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein.
  • a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample includes: (a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles, the agglutinating particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with the agglutinating particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the absence of the agglutination indicates the presence of the antibody, and wherein the steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
  • the detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein.
  • the viral particle and the biological sample are incubated together before adding the erythrocytes. In some embodiments, the agglutinating particle and the biological sample are incubated together before adding the visualization particles.
  • an HAI assay is used to detect or measure a specific viral particle or agglutinating particle.
  • a sample suspected of containing a specific viral particle or agglutinating particle is assayed for agglutination, in the presence or absence of known, fixed quantities of (reagent) antibodies known to bind selectively to the specific viral particle or agglutinating particle. If the sample still induces agglutination in the presence of the antibodies, the sample does not contain (or only contains a low amount) the specific viral particle or agglutinating particle of interest (but likely contains a different viral or agglutinating particle). If, on the other hand, agglutination is observed to be inhibited by the presence of specific the antibodies, then the viral particle or agglutinating particle in the sample is a match for the specific virus or viral particle of interest.
  • an HAI assay is performed without titration of the unknown quantity of virus or antibody.
  • the objective analysis of the methods herein provide high sensitivity to even minute changes in the state if aggregation of RBCs. This high resolution reduces ambiguity in determining the exact transition point between agglutination/non- agglutination. This can eliminate the need for titration, greatly simplifying the assay protocol.
  • an HAI assay is performed using a sample known not to contain an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle, to ensure that agglutination is a result of agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle (i.e. a negative control).
  • an HAI assay is performed using a sample known to contain an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle, but lacking antibodies, to ensure that erythrocytes or visualization particles used in the assay are capable of undergoing agglutination (i.e. a positive control). This control also helps to set a baseline measurement for agglutination from which antibody-induced inhibition can be determined.
  • kits for determining the presence of an antibody, viral particle, antigen, or agglutinating particle in a biological sample are provided herein.
  • biological sample herein is meant a sample derived from a biological source.
  • tissue samples of the subject may include but are not limited to, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nervous tissue, epithelial tissue, cartilage, or bone.
  • the sample may be provided from a human or animal.
  • the sample may be collected from a living or dead subject.
  • the sample may be collected fresh from a subject or may have undergone some form of pre-processing, storage, or transport.
  • the biological sample comprises plasma or serum derived from blood.
  • the blood, plasma or serum is derived from a subject (e.g. a human) that has been administered with a vaccine against an antigen.
  • the antigen may be, for example, a viral particle or agglutinating particle.
  • a subject may provide a sample, and/or the sample may be collected from a subject.
  • a subject may be a human or animal.
  • the subject may be living or dead.
  • the subject may be a patient, clinical subject, or pre-clinical subject.
  • a subject may be undergoing diagnosis, treatment, monitoring and/or disease prevention.
  • the subject may or may not be under the care of a health care professional.
  • the subject may be a person of any age, an infant, a toddler, an adult or an elderly.
  • volume of sample may be provided from the subject.
  • volumes may include, but are not limited to, about 10 mL or less, 5 mL or less, 3 mL or less, 1 mL or less, 500 or less, 400 or less, 300 or less, 250 ⁇ , or less, 200 ⁇ , or less, 170 ⁇ , or less, 150 ⁇ , or less, 125 ⁇ , or less, 100 ⁇ , or less, 75 ⁇ , or less, 50 ⁇ , or less, 25 ⁇ , or less, 20 ⁇ , or less, 15 ⁇ , ⁇ less, 10 or less, 9 ⁇ , or less, 8 ⁇ , or less, 7 ⁇ , or less, 6 ⁇ , or less, 5 ⁇ , or less, ⁇ , or less, 3 ⁇ , or less, 2 ⁇ ⁇ or less, 1 ⁇ , or less, 750 nL or less, 500 nL or less, 250 nL or less, 100 nL or less, 50 nL or less, 20 nL
  • the amount of sample may be about a drop of a sample.
  • the amount of sample may be the amount collected from a non-venous route.
  • the amount of sample may be the amount collected from a pricked finger or fmgerstick. Any volume, including those described herein, may be used in the methods disclosed herein.
  • the biological sample is pre -treated, to reduce non-specific background.
  • Pre-treatment generally includes treatments to reduce background or false positive measurements associated with a biological sample.
  • Blood serum and plasma frequently contain factors [in particular glycoproteins which are not antibodies to a virus] which bind to the viral hemagglutinin and cause inhibition of agglutination reactions.
  • the main class of such glycoproteins have polysialic acid chains covalently linked to the protein.
  • the presence of such proteins may falsely elevate the measured antibody titer in an HAI assay, and may falsely lower the measured viral particle titer in a HA assay.
  • the sample can be pre- treated to eliminate the interfering factors before running the HA or HAI assay.
  • Two enzymes are generally used for sample pre-treatment to reduce background in agglutination reactions: (1) Receptor destroying enzyme (“RDE”), which cleaves sialic acid attached to glycoproteins or glycolipids (for example, Cholera filtrate; e.g. Sigma-Aldrich, product number C8772, and (2) Neuraminidase which cleave exo or endo poly-sialic acids (for example, Type III, from Vibrio cholera, 1-5 units / mg protein; e.g. Sigma-Aldrich, product number N7885).
  • RDE Receptor destroying enzyme
  • Neuraminidase which cleave exo or endo poly-sialic acids
  • Type III from Vibrio cholera, 1-5 units / mg protein
  • Sigma-Aldrich product number N7885
  • the biological sample is pre -treated with neuraminidase.
  • Neuraminidase refers to a class of enzymes that are glycoside hydrolase enzymes that cleave the glycosidic linkages of neuraminic acids. Neuraminidase enzymes are a large family of enzymes, which are found in a range of organisms, including viruses. Neuraminidases are also called sialidases for their ability to catalyze the hydrolysis of terminal sialic acid residues from proteins such as receptors. Major classes of neuraminidases include viral neuraminidase, bacterial neuraminidase, mammalian neuraminidases, lysosomal sialidase, cytosolic sialidase, and membrane sialidase.
  • pre-treatment of a biological sample with a neuraminidase provides an advantage in reaction speed.
  • sample pre-treatment is carried out by incubating a sample with neuraminidase for less than 30 minutes.
  • neuraminidase treatment examples include neuraminidase treatment.
  • a proper amount of neuraminidase is added to the serum or plasma and incubated at a temperature that is suitable for the reaction (for example, at about 4, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 37, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70 °C) for a suitable period of time.
  • the amount of neuraminidase added to the reaction depends on the activity of the enzyme and the property of the serum.
  • Neuraminidase may be prepared in a suitable buffer solution (e.g. 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 5.5, 0.15 M NaCl, 4 mM CaCl 2 ). In some embodiments, treatment is carried out by incubating the biological sample with a suitable buffer solution (e.g. 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 5.5, 0.15 M NaCl, 4 mM CaCl 2 ). In some embodiments, treatment is carried out by incubating the biological sample with a suitable buffer solution (e.g. 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 5.5, 0.15 M NaCl, 4 mM CaCl 2 ). In some embodiments, treatment is carried out by incubating the biological sample with a suitable buffer solution (e.g. 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 5.5, 0.15 M NaCl, 4 mM CaCl 2 ). In some embodiments, treatment is carried out by incubating the biological sample with a suitable buffer solution (e.g. 100 mM sodium a
  • neuraminidase for about or less than 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, or 120 minutes.
  • a neuraminidase reaction may be terminated by adding a "termination solution", which is a solution that may be used to inactivate the neuraminidase enzyme, but that causes no or minimal damage to the sample.
  • a termination solution is 1.5% sodium citrate in sodium phosphate solution, pH 8.2.
  • a termination reaction using a termination solution is to add 5 volumes of 1.5% sodium citrate in sodium phosphate pH 8.2 to a neuraminidase reaction, and to incubate the mixture at 56°C for 5 minutes.
  • the pre -treatment is carried out by incubating the biological sample with neuraminidase, and wherein the final concentration of the neuraminidase in the mixture is about 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8, or 2 U/liter, or greater or less.
  • the reaction may be cooled to room temperature.
  • the treated sample is diluted (e.g. 1 :2, 1 :3, 1 :4, 1 :5, or 1 : 10 dilution) prior to being used for the assays provided herein.
  • Assays may be conducted with serial dilutions of a biological sample, an antigen, erythrocytes, viral particles, agglutinating particles, visualization particles, antibodies, or any combination thereof.
  • the need for serial dilution is reduced or eliminated by the use of methods described herein for rapid agglutination assay analysis.
  • the methods provided herein are used to detect a target analyte in the biological sample.
  • the target analyte may be, without limitation, an antibody, an antigen, a viral particle, a bacterial particle, or an agglutinating particle.
  • detectable antibodies bind selectively to a viral particle. In some embodiments, detectable antibodies bind selectively to an agglutinating particle.
  • a sample is any antiserum that contains antibodies that bind to one or more epitopes on a viral particle having the ability to agglutinate erythrocytes, or suspected of having the ability to agglutinate erythrocytes.
  • the antiserum may be any antiserum that contains antibodies that bind to one or more epitopes of a hemagglutinin protein, or suspected of containing antibodies having the ability to bind to one or more epitopes of a hemagglutinin protein.
  • the antiserum may be any antiserum that contains antibodies that bind to one or more epitopes present on an agglutinating particle.
  • the antiserum can be serum obtained from any living source, such as a human, bird, horse, rabbit, mouse, goat, pig, guinea pig, or rat.
  • the living source of the antiserum may have been immunized with a particular antigen, although the living source need not have been specifically exposed to the antigen.
  • the antiserum may also be a serum produced in vitro to contain antibodies that bind to a virus, a hemagglutinin protein, or an agglutinating particle.
  • the antibodies may be monoclonal or polyclonal. Further, the antibodies may be full length, or an antigen binding fragment, such as Fab, F(ab) 2, or Fv fragments and single chain antibodies.
  • the antibodies may also be naturally occurring antibodies, humanized antibodies or chimeric antibodies. Any antibody that binds to an agglutinating virus, a hemagglutinin protein, or agglutinating particle, whatever the source, may be used in the assays. Other types of reagents that bind specifically to hemagglutinin or agglutinating particles and block or inhibit
  • agglutination may also be used.
  • binders include, without limitation, aptamers and lectins.
  • a plasma, serum, or antiserum sample is derived from a subject that has been administered with a vaccine against an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle.
  • methods of determining the effective immunization of a subject which can be assessed by detecting and/or measuring the presence of antibodies against an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle in a sample from the subject using an HAI assay of the disclosure.
  • the concentration of the antisera or antibodies used in a particular assay will depend on a number of different factors, such as the source of the antisera, the type of antibody in the antisera, the affinity of the antibodies in the antiserum, the concentration of non-antibody components of the antisera, the sample volume, and the source and concentration of the other components being used in an assay. Further, the concentration of the antisera to be used in an assay can be in some cases based on the known value of the lowest dilution of the antisera at which the antibodies in the antisera can block hemagglutination from occurring in a conventional HAI assay.
  • dilutions 1 : 64, 1 : 128, 1 :512, 1 : 1024, 1 :2048, 1 :4096 and 1 :8192 may be used with methods provided herein.
  • dilutions 1 : 64, 1 : 128, 1 :512, 1 : 1024, 1 :2048, 1 :4096 and 1 :8192 may be used with methods provided herein.
  • any dilution of antisera may be used, or any series of dilutions, whether based on a factor of 2, or some other number.
  • the concentration of the antibody in the final mixture of an assay may be about, for example, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 nM. In another aspect, the concentration of the antibody in the final mixture of an assay may be about, for example, 2 ng/niL, 5 ng/mL, 10 ng/niL, 20 ng/mL, 50 ng/niL, 100 ng/niL, 200 ng/niL, 500 ng/mL , 2 ⁇ g/mL, 4 ⁇ g/mL, 6 ⁇ g/mL, 8 ⁇ g/mL, 10 ⁇ g/mL, or 20 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the dissociation constant of the antibodies in the antisera for a viral epitope may be about 0.01 , 0.05, 0.1 , 0.5, 1 , 5, 10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 nM.
  • the concentration of a virus in the final assay mixture may be about 5, 10, 15, or 20 hemagglutination units/mL.
  • Hemagglutination units are the lowest dilution of the virus at which hemagglutination occurs in a conventional HA assay
  • Methods of the disclosure provide improvements for detection and/or measurement of antibodies in a sample, and in some embodiments, the total amount of time of carrying out the method is about or less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 75, 60, 45, 40, 30, 25, 50, 15, 10, or 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is between about 30 to 60 minutes.
  • a known amount of viral or other agglutinating particle and/or a known amount of visualization particle is used with a sample containing an unknown quantity of the antibody of interest.
  • the antibody of interest may specifically bind to the viral or other agglutinating particle of the known quantity.
  • measurement of the effect of a sample containing an antibody of interest on the ability of the known quantity of viral or other agglutinating particle to agglutinate visualization particles may permit the determination of the amount of the antibody of interest in the sample.
  • Binding of the antibody of interest to the viral or other agglutinating particle may inhibit the particle from causing agglutination of visualization particles.
  • the presence of antibodies in a sample against a viral or other agglutinating particle may reduce or eliminate the agglutinating activity of the particle.
  • kits for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample are provided herein.
  • viruses attach to molecules present on the surface of RBCs. A consequence of this is that at certain concentrations, viral suspensions may agglutinate RBCs by binding to surface receptors or modifications of receptors, including N-acetylneuraminic acid. Multiple attachment of a plurality of RBCs to a single virus particle or bacterium results in agglutination of RBCs (hemagglutination). Viruses that promote agglutination in this way are referred to as agglutinating viruses. In some embodiments, methods of the disclosure are used to detect or measure agglutinating viruses. In other embodiments, methods of the disclosure are used to detect or measure antibodies to agglutinating viruses. [00155] Agglutinating viruses include viruses of many different types, including, but not limited to, picornavirus, coronavirus, togavirus, flavirvirus, rhabdovirus, paramyxovirus,
  • orthomyxovirus bunyavirus, arenavirus, reovirus, retrovirus, papilomavirus, parvovirus, herpesvirus, poxvirus, hepadnavirus, and spongiform virus.
  • Other agglutinating viruses may include influenza, herpes simplex virus 1 and 2, measles, dengue, smallpox, polio, HIV, H1N1 Solomon Islands, H3N2 Wisconsin virus, avian H5N1 Vietnam virus, hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and any strain of influenza virus.
  • agglutinating viruses include viruses of nonhuman primates, non-limiting examples of which are Aotine herpesvirus 1, Aotine herpesvirus 3, Cercopithecme herpesvirus 1 (B virus, HV simiae), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 2 (SA8), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 3 (SA6), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 4 (SA15), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 5 (African green monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 6 (Liverpool vervet monkey virus),
  • viruses of nonhuman primates non-limiting examples of which are Aotine herpesvirus 1, Aotine herpesvirus 3, Cercopithecme herpesvirus 1 (B virus, HV simiae), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 2 (SA8), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 3 (SA6), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 4 (SA15), Cercopithec
  • Cercopithecme herpesvirus 7 (Patas monkey HV; MMV or PHV delta HV), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 8 (Rhesus monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 9 (Medical Lake macaque LV simian varicella HV) , Cercopithecme herpesvirus 10 (Rhesus leukocyte assoc.
  • LV strain IT Cercopithecme herpesvirus 12 (LVpapio, baboon HV), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 13 (Herpesvirus cyclopis), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 14 (African green monkey EBVlike virus), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 15 (Rhesus EBV-like HV), Ateline herpesvirus 1 ( Spider monkey HV), Ateline herpesvirus 2 (HV ateles), Callitrichine herpesvirus (HV saguinus), Callitrichine herpesvirus (SSG, marmoset cytomegalovirus), Cebine herpesvirus 1 (Capuchin HV), Cebine herpesvirus 2 (Capuchin HV), Pongine herpesvirus 1 (Chimpanzee HV;pan HV), Pongine herpesvirus 2 (Orangutan HV), Pongine herpesvirus 3 (Gorilla HV), Saimierine herpesvirus 1 (Marmos
  • Agglutinating viruses may also refer to viruses of mammals including, but not limited to: Bovine herpesvirus 1-5, Ovine herpesvirus 1-2, Alcelaphine herpesvirus 1, Parvovirus (including mice minute virus, Aleutian mink disease, bovine parvovirus, canine parvovirus, chicken parvovirus, feline panleukopenia, feline parvovirus, goose parvovirus, HB parvovirus, H-l parvovirus, Kilham rat lapine parvovirus, mink enteritis) Erythrovirus (including adeno- associated type 1-5, bovine adeno-associated, canine adeno-associated, equine adeno-associated, ovine adeno-associated).
  • Bovine herpesvirus 1-5 Ovine herpesvirus 1-2
  • Parvovirus including mice minute virus, Aleutian mink disease, bovine parvovirus, canine parvovirus, chicken parvovirus, feline panleukopen
  • agglutinating viruses may include: Cauliflower mosaic, Badnaviruses, Gemini viruses, Plant Retroviruses, Cryptoviruses, Rhabdoviridae, Tomato Spotted mosaic, Tenuiviruses, Potato Virus, Potyviridae, Closteroviruses, Turnip Yellow mosaic, Tomato Bushy mosaic, Luteoviruses, Sequiviridae, Tobacco mosaic, Cowpea mosiac, Pean Enation mosaic, Red Clover vein mosaic, Brome mosaic, Cucumber mosaic, Alfalfa mosaic, Barley yellow mosaic, Beet Necrotic yellow vein, and dsRNA viruses.
  • Viruses from the following families are also included for use in methods of the disclosure: Baculoviridae and Nudiviruses, Polydnaviridae, Ascoviridae, Nodaviridae
  • Tetraviridae Tetraviridae, Tombusviridae, Coronaviridae, Flaviviridae, Togaviridae,
  • Rhabdoviridae Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyavinrdae, Arenaviridae, Leviviridae, Picomaviridae, Sequiviridae, Comoviridae, Potyviridae, Calciviridae, Astroviridae, Nodaviridae, Inoviridae, Microviridae, Geminiviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Haepadnaviridae,
  • Retroviridae Cystoviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae, Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Tectiviridae, Corticoviridae, Plasmaviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Fuselloviridae, Poxviridae, African swine fever-like viruses, Iridoviridae, Phycodnaviridae, Baculoviridae, Herpesviridae,
  • Adenoviridae Papovaviridae, Polydnaviridae, Picomaviridae, Caliciviridae, Astroviridae, Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, Coronaviridae, Arterivirus, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyaviridae, Arenaviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae,
  • Retroviridae Hepadnaviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Papovaviridae, Adenoviridae, Herpesviridae, Poxviridae, and Iridoviridae.
  • concentration of virus used in a particular assay will depend on a number of different factors, such as the identity of the virus, sample volume, and the source and concentration of the other components being used in an assay.
  • the concentration of the virus to be used in an assay will generally be based on the known value of the lowest dilution of the vims at which hemagglutination occurs in a conventional HA assay. This dilution is considered to be 1 hemagglutination unit ("HA unit” or "HAU"). Higher and lower concentrations of vims, based on 1 HAU, may be used as starting points in an assay.
  • dilutions 1 :64, 1 : 128, 1 :256, 1 :512, 1 :1024, 1 :2048, 1 :4096 and 1 :8192 may be used with methods provided herein.
  • dilutions 1 :64, 1 : 128, 1 :256, 1 :512, 1 :1024, 1 :2048, 1 :4096 and 1 :8192 may be used with methods provided herein.
  • any dilution of vims may be used, or any series of dilutions, whether based on a factor of 2, or some other number.
  • methods of the disclosure can be used to detect bacteria, which may have the ability to bind cell-surface molecules in RBCs or visualization particles and induce aggregation/ agglutination.
  • methods of the disclosure can be used to detect any particle that can bind to and cause aggregation of cells or microspheres.
  • Such particles are referred to herein as "agglutinating particles".
  • Agglutinating particles may include, without limitation, viruses, bacteria, viral particles, allergens, and antibodies.
  • agglutinating particles include proteins and carbohydrates that have binding specificity the surface of RBCs or other cells (e.g. lectins).
  • any molecule that may bind to a molecule on the surface of a microsphere can function as an agglutinating particle.
  • the disclosure provides methods for detecting and measuring agglutination of red blood cells ("RBCs”), a term used interchangeably with "erythrocytes.”
  • Erythrocytes are oxygen-delivering cells that contain hemoglobin, an iron-containing biomolecule that can bind oxygen and is responsible for blood's red color. Erythrocytes from various organisms may be used in the methods disclosed herein, as long as the cells have the potential to agglutinate in the presence of an agglutinating particle such as a virus.
  • Suitable erythrocytes include, without limitation, avian erythrocytes, such as goose, chicken, duck, and turkey red blood cells, and mammalian erythrocytes, such as human erythrocytes, guinea pig erythrocytes, mouse erythrocytes, rat erythrocytes, bovine erythrocytes, equine erythrocytes, goat erythrocytes and sheep erythrocytes.
  • Human erythrocytes may be from a donor of any blood group, such as group A erythrocytes, group B erythrocytes, group AB erythrocytes, and group O erythrocytes.
  • erythrocytes may be assayed for agglutination, and the concentration of the erythrocytes can be selected such that they are present at a concentration of below about 0.01% hematocrit, below about 0.05% hematocrit, below about 0.1 % hematocrit, below about 0.15% hematocrit, below about 0.2% hematocrit, below about 0.5% hematocrit, below about 1% hematocrit, below about 5% hematocrit, below about 10%> hematocrit, below about 15% hematocrit, below about 20% hematocrit, below about 30% hematocrit, below about 40% hematocrit, or below about 50% hematocrit.
  • HCT hematocrit
  • PCV packed cell volume
  • EVF erythrocyte volume fraction
  • erythrocytes that are assayed using the methods provided herein are pre-treated.
  • the red blood cell reagent used in the traditional hemagglutination methods must be freshly prepared using an elaborate wash procedure. The traditional procedure is labor intensive, inconvenient, and time consuming.
  • methods provided herein use single stable fixed red cell preparation, so no reagent preparation is required at the time of performing the assay.
  • Pre-treatment can include pre-fixation of erythrocytes to produce pre-fixed erythrocytes.
  • Pre-fixation of erythrocytes may provide numerous advantages, including reduction of assay time due to elimination of the need to freshly prepare erythrocytes from blood samples, and reproducibility of agglutination assays due to use of uniform pre-fixed erythrocyte samples.
  • Methods of fixing erythrocytes are known in the art and include those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,994,139.
  • erythrocytes are pre-fixed by treatment with an organic aldehyde including monoaldehydes such as formaldehyde, aldehydes such as glutaraldehyde, and polymeric forms such as paraformaldehyde which are in equilibrium with formaldehyde.
  • erythrocytes are pre-fixed by treatment with glutaraldehyde.
  • the fixed cells are essentially indefinitely stable (in contrast to fresh red cells which have to be prepared daily and will vary from day to day). Fixation does not inactivate the cell surface receptors to which the viral hemagglutinin binds.
  • animal red blood cells are produced from freshly washed animal RBCs by brief exposure to a glutaraldehye -buffer solution and exhaustive washing in saline. This treatment largely preserves the native antigenicity of the erythrocytes while rendering the cells generally resistant to lysis by osmotic shock, freeze-thawing or immune hemolysis. These reagents may be used directly in hemagglutination procedures, or may be coupled with various proteins for hemagglutination testing.
  • the glutaraldehyde stabilized RBCs are generally stored as cell suspension in saline with 0.1% sodium azide.
  • Red blood cells stabilized by glutaraldehyde fixation are available from commercial sources, such as Fitzgerald Industries (Acton, MA), which provide glutaraldehyde stabilized animal red blood cells from bovine, cat, chicken, dog, goat, guinea pig, hamster, horse, monkey, mouse, pig, rat, sheep, turkey, and rabbit, all of which can be used in the methods provided herein.
  • Fitzgerald Industries Acton, MA
  • the erythrocytes are turkey red cell stabilized by glutaraldehyde fixation.
  • fresh red cells and cells from different animal species can also be used.
  • cells other than red blood cells can be used for the methods provided herein, as long as these cell agglutinate in the presence of a viral particle, antibody, or other agglutinating particle.
  • methods of the disclosure are used to measure aggregation of any non-cell molecule or particle, provided the aggregates are large enough to be detected
  • microscopically Such particles are referred to herein as "microspheres".
  • RBCs can be replaced with microspheres, the surface of which are coupled with an antigen or antibody that binds selectively to the viral particle, antibody, or other agglutinating particle or substance to be detected.
  • microspheres examples include latex microspheres and other microspheres that can be readily bound to viral particles, antibodies, proteins, carbohydrates, or antigens, and agglutinated.
  • the microspheres are beads.
  • microspheres contain latex, gold, glass, or silica.
  • the microspheres are latex microspheres coated with a receptor that binds to a viral particle.
  • microspheres are coated with hemagglutinin protein, or a blood group antigen (e.g. antigen A, B, D, etc.).
  • hemagglutinin protein or a blood group antigen (e.g. antigen A, B, D, etc.).
  • a blood group antigen e.g. antigen A, B, D, etc.
  • microspheres for agglutination tests.
  • microspheres may be of any shape, including, without limitation, spherical, cuboid, cylindrical, and irregular. They may comprise any material suitable for attaching antigen and use in agglutination assays.
  • Antigen can be coupled to a microsphere. Methods of attachment of antigens to microsphere beads are known in the art. Coupling may be to the surface of the microsphere or to an internal surface that is accessible from the outside surface. Antigens can be coupled to beads such as those provided by Luminex Corporation (Austin, TX) by a two-step carbodiimide process according to the manufacturer's recommendations. In some embodiments, the antigen may be adsorbed or covalently attached to the microsphere.
  • a plurality of antigens can be used, each coupled to separate or the same microspheres.
  • Antigens used for coupling to microspheres include antigenic portions of viruses that can be recognized by antibodies or agglutinating particles using methods provided herein. Antigenic portions of viruses include, but are not limited to, viral membrane proteins and nonstructural proteins.
  • a mixture of microspheres, each coupled to a different antigen or antibody can be used. H. Nonspecific proteins and other molecules
  • a nonspecific protein is added to an agglutination assay to accelerate the agglutination reaction. Addition of a nonspecific protein can accelerate the reaction by about 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 6-fold, 7-fold, 8-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, or by more than 30-fold.
  • Suitable nonspecific proteins include albumins including, but not limited to, albumins from various animals, such as bovine, horse, sheep, goat, chicken and human. Other non-limiting examples of albumins include bovine serum albumin, human serum albumin, chicken egg albumin, bovine lactalbumin and human lactalbumin.
  • agglutination such as synthetic polymers (e.g. polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyethyleneoixde (PEO)), sugar polymers (e.g. dextran), dextran sulfate, di-ethylaminoethyl-dextran (DEAE- dextran) and polyvinyl pyolidone.
  • synthetic polymers e.g. polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyethyleneoixde (PEO)
  • sugar polymers e.g. dextran
  • dextran sulfate e.g. di-ethylaminoethyl-dextran (DEAE- dextran)
  • DEAE- dextran di-ethylaminoethyl-dextran
  • polyvinyl pyolidone such as synthetic polymers (e.g. polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyethyleneoixde (PEO)
  • sugar polymers e.g. dextran
  • the amount of nonspecific additive to be added to the assay can vary, and generally is about any amount between 0.1-50 mg/ml. In certain methods, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 mg/ml of nonspecific additive is added to the assay. In some embodiments, no more than 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 mg/ml of nonspecific additive is added to the assay.
  • the nonspecific additive can be added to the diluent buffer or other buffer/reagent used in the assays.
  • compositions, methods, systems, and devices described herein provide multiple different advantages for agglutination assays over conventional agglutination assays.
  • methods provided herein may have increased sensitivity for detecting agglutination over conventional agglutination assays.
  • agglutination assay sensitivity may be increased by the use of image analysis to analyze agglutination reactions (discussed further below).
  • image analysis may increase assay sensitivity over conventional agglutination assays by about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, or 100-fold.
  • agglutination assay sensitivity may be increased by
  • agglutinating particles e.g. viral particles
  • visualization particle e.g. RBCs or microspheres
  • agglutinated i.e. visualization particles that are non-specifically aggregated during the concentration step do not remain aggregated during the dilution step.
  • less agglutinating particle may be used in the assay to produce detectable agglutination.
  • this method may increase the sensitivity of agglutination assays.
  • agglutination assay sensitivity may be increased by performing an agglutination assay with a method including the following steps. First, a biological sample suspected of containing an antibody of interest is mixed with an agglutinating particle and visualization particles and incubated. In some aspects, the biological sample may be incubated with the agglutinating particle before the addition of the visualization particles. Second, the reaction containing of the agglutinating particles, visualization particles, and sample suspected of containing an antibody of interest is centrifuged to generate a pellet. Typically, centrifugation with this method is gentle (hundreds to low thousands x g for a few minutes) so as not to generate complexes that would be difficult to resuspend.
  • the supernatant is removed, and the pellet is washed one or two times with a buffer that would not interfere with the agglutinated particles or visualization particles.
  • the washed pellet is resuspended in buffer.
  • the resuspended reaction mixture is analyzed for agglutination.
  • sensitivity of the assay may be further increased by adding to a washed agglutination reaction an antibody against the type of antibody of interest.
  • an antibody against the type of antibody of interest in an agglutination reaction containing the concentration / dilution steps described above, if the antibody of interest is human, when the washed pellet is resuspended, anti-human globulin (Coombs reagent) is also added to the resuspended pellet. After incubation of the resuspended pellet with the anti-human globulin, the resuspended reaction is analyzed for agglutination.
  • the anti-human globulin binds to the antibody of interest, which may be bound to the visualization particle. Since the anti-human globulin may bring together multiple antibodies of the antibodies of interest, and each of these antibodies may be bound to one or more visualization particles, the addition of the anti-human globulin may increase the agglutination assay sensitivity. The specificity of this method may be further increased by using anti-human
  • the assays provided herein may provide advantages in terms of speed.
  • Traditional agglutination assays call for a pre -treatment step with incubation of at least 12-18 hours.
  • the pre-treatment step is performed in less than 15 minutes, less than half an hour, less than one hour, or less than two hours.
  • methods of the disclosure eliminate the need for fresh preparation of erythrocytes, a process that can take 4 hours using traditional procedures.
  • a HA assay or HAI assay of the disclosure is carried out in less than one hour, less than 1.5 hours, less than 2 hours, less than 2.5 hours, or less than 3 hours.
  • Methods of the disclosure provide improvements for detection and/or measurement of viruses in a sample, and in some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 75, 60, 45, 30, 15, 10, or less than 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is between 30 to 60 minutes.
  • agglutination assay speed may be increased by the use of image analysis to analyze agglutination reactions (discussed further below).
  • agglutination assay speed may be increased by the use of improved reagents and/or assay steps to accelerate the performance and/or analysis of agglutination reactions.
  • improvements in any one or more of sample pre-treatment e.g. by the use of neuraminidase
  • use of pre-fixed RBCs or microspheres e.g., use of pre-fixed RBCs or microspheres, use of combined assay steps (e.g.
  • agglutination assay methods provided herein may be performed in a reaction volume of about 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 microliters, or less. In some embodiments, agglutination assays provided herein may be performed using about 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.8 , 0.6, 0.4, 0.2, 0.1 microliters, or less of blood sample. J. General - Agglutination Assays
  • Detection of agglutination generally involves taking images of the agglutination reaction product using an imaging device, such as a scanner, a camera, detector, or sensor.
  • an imaging device is coupled to a microscope.
  • the assay is carried using a device that is capable of holding the reactions, such as a microtiter plate (e.g., 96 well, or other format), a test tube, a microfuge tube, a capillary tube, pipette tip or other vessel.
  • a pre-treated biological sample containing the antibody to be detected is optionally serially diluted with a diluent buffer (e.g. PBS with BSA).
  • a diluent buffer e.g. PBS with BSA
  • viral particles may be added to a vessel and the content of the each vessel may be gently mixed.
  • pre-fixed RBCs suspension may be added, followed by gently mixing.
  • the reaction is incubated for a suitable period of time, for example, a total of about 15 minutes.
  • a total incubation shorter or longer than 15 minutes may also be used, such as about 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60 minutes, or shorter or longer.
  • the incubation may be carried at room temperature (i.e., 25 °C), or at a temperature that is lower or higher than room temperature, such as about 4, 8, 12, 14, 16, 20, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70°C.
  • the temperature and duration of incubation can be optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assays.
  • the plate is then read on a scanner and a final end-point image is taken of the plate, preferably when the plate is tilted at 20 - 75°, such as at about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, or 75° relative to horizontal.
  • the image of the agglutination assay is captured with an optical device containing a microscope.
  • the assay is generally carried out as described above, except after the pre-fixed RBCs or visualization particles are added to the reaction, a small sample (e.g. 1-2 ⁇ .) from the wells is transferred directly into a cuvette, and imaged under an optical device containing a microscope. Images are collected and analyzed to calculate association factors as described in more detail herein.
  • the duration for performing the agglutination assay is generally optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assay.
  • performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in less than one hour, such as about 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 minutes.
  • performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in more than one hour, but less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 hours.
  • an agglutination assay may be performed on a system or device wherein one or more steps of the agglutination assay are automated and/or controlled via a cloud computing infrastructure.
  • agglutination assays as described herein may be performed on a system or device as described in U.S. Application No. 13/244,947 or U.S.
  • a device includes a component capable of adding an agglutinating particle to a sample under a condition suitable for agglutination (and thereby initiating an agglutination assay); a component capable of obtaining a set of images of the agglutination assay; and a component capable of analyzing the set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample.
  • the component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be part of the same apparatus within the device as the component that is configured to obtain more than one image of the agglutination assay.
  • the component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be embedded within the device.
  • the component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be configured to perform multiple types of analysis and/or it may be used for multiple applications within the device.
  • a component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure agglutination of the sample may be located remotely from the device.
  • a component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be located in a cloud computing infrastructure (e.g. cloud computing).
  • a component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be located in the cloud, and the device may be configured to be dynamically controlled from the cloud.
  • the device is configured to affect a secondary procedure based on the results of an agglutination assay analysis.
  • a device capable of performing an agglutination assay as described herein may be configured as a device described in, for example, U.S. Serial No.
  • a system disclosed herein may include a device capable of adding an agglutinating particle to a sample under a condition suitable for agglutination, thereby initiating an agglutination assay; a camera capable of obtaining a set of images of an
  • the computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be part of the same apparatus within the system as the camera that is configured to obtain a set of more than one image of the agglutination assay.
  • the computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure agglutination of the sample may be embedded within the system.
  • the computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be configured to perform multiple types of analysis and/or it can be used for multiple applications within the system.
  • the computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be located remotely from a camera configured to obtain a set of more than one image of the agglutination assay.
  • the computer configured to analyze a set of images of an agglutination assay may be located in the cloud.
  • the computer configured to analyze a set of images of an agglutination assay may be located in the cloud, and the system may be configured to be dynamically controlled from the cloud.
  • the system may be configured to affect a secondary procedure based on the results of an
  • a system capable of performing an agglutination assay as described herein may be configured as a system described in, for example, U.S. Serial No. 13/244,947, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the present disclosure provides for advantageous objective methods of analyzing aggregation, agglutination, or hemagglutination based on image analysis.
  • agglutination is determined by visual observation of either the reduced mobility of RBCs at the bottom of a well (in the case of agglutination), or by the limited flow of packed RBCs under gravity when the titer plate is tilted (in the case of lack of agglutination).
  • the reduced mobility of RBCs in the case of agglutination is due to attractive forces between RBCs and an
  • image analysis methods are used to analyze the bulk movement of RBCs or visualization particles in an agglutination assay in a conical well or tube.
  • image analysis methods are used to analyze microscopic images of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an agglutination assay, in order to interrogate the fine structure of the RBC or visualization particle suspension.
  • a conical reaction vessel e.g. tube or reaction well
  • unagglutinated cells generally settle in a loosely packed "button" at the bottom of the vessel, whereas agglutinated cells generally adhere more tightly to other cells. Accordingly, if a conical reaction vessel containing agglutinated cells is tilted, the cells will generally not leave the bottom of the vessel, as the cells are relatively tightly adhered to each other.
  • a method for image analysis of agglutination reactions using designated locations in a reaction vessel (e.g. reaction tube or well).
  • Figure 6 shows schematic diagrams relating to the method.
  • zones 610 are included in and/or next to the bottom of a reaction vessel 600.
  • the bottom of the reaction vessel 600 may contain a pellet of cells 605. Images of the reaction vessel may be taken before, during, and /or after tilting of the reaction vessel. The position of the cells may be determined with reference to the designated zones in the reaction vessel, which may be used to determine the level of
  • agglutination of the sample and/or to perform related calculations In some situations, a
  • “teardrop” of cells 615 may form upon tilting of the reaction vessel.
  • Cells that are not agglutinated may form a teardrop shape, whereas cells that are agglutinated may not form a teardrop shape.
  • Cells that are agglutinated may remain in a pelleted or "button" shape.
  • an assay may result in partial agglutination of the cells.
  • the zones 610 may have outlines which encompass the regions containing button cells and / or teardrop cells and some of the background (FIG. 6A), or the zones may have smaller outlines that only occupy regions that may contain button or teardrop cells (FIG. 6B).
  • image analysis of agglutination reactions using designated zones in a reaction vessel may include one or more of the following steps:
  • the image is oriented using pattern recognition techniques either by reference to fiducial marks on the assay wells or by recognition of the button or teardrop.
  • the image is oriented relative to zones in the reaction vessel.
  • Optical signal may be measured pixel by-pixel over each zone.
  • the measured signal may be, for example, using white light illumination: a) % transmitted light (T) (grey scale when the image is obtained by back lighting), or b) % reflected light (R) (grey scale when the image is front lighting).
  • Percent transmitted light may be determined by taking a ratio of light transmission when cells are present to that when no cells are present in the light path; percent reflectance may be determined in an analogous fashion.
  • Each of the %T and % R measurements involves an illumination source and a detector.
  • the illumination source is at approximately a 90-degree angle relative to the detector.
  • the scattering intensity is the intensity of light (from the illumination source) scattered by the sample (collected by the detector).
  • signal greater than background may be averaged within each zone. Also, if Absorbance or K/S is greater than an arbitrary threshold, the signal may be set to one or zero if it is less than the cut-off for analysis.
  • a method for image analysis of agglutination reactions using scanning of the packed cells.
  • the packed cells may include a button and/or teardrop region.
  • Fig. 8 shows a schematic diagram relating to the method. In this method, an
  • agglutination reaction is performed in a conical vessel, and the reaction vessel is then tilted.
  • a scan zone along the long axis of the button and/or or teardrop may be established.
  • the axis for analysis may be shorter or longer than the button, teardrop, or combination thereof.
  • Positions along the axis may be assigned, such as Position 0 being the start of the axis, being outside of the button, and Position 20 being the end of the axis, being outside the teardrop.
  • the number of positions may be selected arbitrarily, based on the best combination of speed and accuracy.
  • the length of the axis may be interrogated for an optical signal, such as % T or % R.
  • Fig. 9 shows a representative graph of optical signal intensity vs. position for multiple types of samples (agglutinated (triangles), partially agglutinated (squares), and unagglutinated (diamonds)), along an axis as shown in Fig.
  • the optical signals along the length of the button and/or teardrop may be used to determine the level of agglutination in the sample and/or to perform related calculations.
  • image analysis of agglutination reactions using scanning of the button and/or teardrop may include one or more of the following steps:
  • the image is oriented using pattern recognition techniques either by reference to fiducial marks on the assay wells or by recognition of the button or teardrop.
  • optical signal (as defined above under “Bulk Movement - Image Analysis at Designated Locations in Reaction Vessels") is measured pixel-by-pixel along the axis.
  • signal greater than background may be averaged over several pixels down and at right angles to the axis.
  • a method for image analysis of agglutination reactions using determination of the area and/or perimeter of the packed cells of an agglutination reaction.
  • Packed cells may include a button and/or teardrop region.
  • the area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop regions of packed cells may be determined.
  • Fig. 10 shows a schematic diagram relating to the method. In this method, an agglutination reaction is performed in a conical vessel, and the reaction vessel is then tilted. Next, an image may be obtained of the entire tilted sample 1000. Optical signal may then be measured over the image. Then, pattern recognition methods may be used to identify the button and/or the teardrop region (if any) of a sample.
  • the sample has a button area 1005 (area A) and a teardrop area 1010 (area B).
  • area A area
  • teardrop area 1010 area B
  • the area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop may then be measured. This information may be used to determine the level of agglutination in the sample and/or to perform related calculations.
  • image analysis of agglutination reactions using analysis of the area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop may include one or more of the following steps:
  • a digital image of a well containing a reaction mixture is taken.
  • the image is oriented using pattern recognition techniques either by reference to fiducial marks on the assay wells or by recognition of the button or teardrop.
  • optical signal (as defined above under “Bulk Movement - Image Analysis at Designated Locations in Reaction Vessels") is measured pixel-by-pixel over the entire image.
  • pattern recognition methods are used to identify areas which correspond to the button, and, when present, the teardrop. These areas will have significantly greater absorbance than the background.
  • the area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop are measured.
  • the segmentation of the image can be initiated in the center of the tube.
  • the dark area formed by red cells or visualization particles can be segmented by region growing methods or adaptive thresholding, generating a binary image containing a region corresponding to cell presence.
  • the shape of the segmented area can be analyzed using the eigenvalues of the distribution, or alternatively by fitting a parametric shape such as an ellipse, or by calculating other shape parameters such as eccentricity or moments of inertia of the region.
  • the segmented region can be overlaid on the original image patch, and the intensity distribution and other intensity statistics of that region can be calculated.
  • light sources may be used for gathering images of bulk movement for any of the methods provided herein. Front or back lighting may be used. Light sources may be, for example, white light or LED (single color). Detectors can be of any imaging type, for example CCD or CMOS. Images may be taken at a single time or a video image series can be made with images taken at various intervals. In video, images may be taken at any interval, including 15/ second, 10/second, 5/second, 1 /second, 0.5 / second, or 0.1 /second. The methods of analysis described above are for the case where a single image is analyzed at a time. In some aspects, when video record is made of an agglutination assay the various signal parameters may be converted to rates of change over time (dS/dT).
  • dS/dT rates of change over time
  • averaging across many pixels may be used to reduce random noise. Pixels may be averaged both in the x and y direction where x is the direction of the gravitational force. In some aspects, rows or columns of at least five adjacent pixels or square or rectangular zones with sides at least five pixels (25 pixels for a square zone) are averaged. In some example images provided herein, there are hundreds of pixels in each dimension, so averaging still provides data with good spatial resolution.
  • image analysis methods for analyzing microscopic images of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an agglutination assay, in order to interrogate the fine structure of the cells or particles in suspension or the texture of the suspension. Analysis of these images may provide information regarding agglutination of cells or particles in the suspension. In some aspects, these methods may permit detection of agglutination in a reaction sooner than may be detected by analysis of bulk movement of cells or particles. These methods may also be more reliable and adaptable to automation than the traditional methods that rely on visual interpretation.
  • image analysis includes calculating the size of the erythrocyte - agglutinating particle clusters based on the center-to-center distance of individual erythrocytes captured in each of the images.
  • the center-to-center distance of individual erythrocytes can be obtained based on, for example, internal calibration of the image with reference to the size of the red blood cells or visualization particle. In another example, it may be obtained based on absolute calibration of the optical system. Under microscopy, the erythrocytes may appear as bright solid circular spots or bright rings (depending on the illumination scheme). In either case, the center of each erythrocyte can be determined by calculating the centroid of the circle. Once the centroid of each circle is determined, the center-to-center distance may be calculated.
  • RBC center information can be used in conjunction with a "cut-off distance to identify cells which are attracted to each other.
  • a "cut-off distance may be applied based on the center- to-center distance between two cells.
  • a "cut-off distance may be applied based on another measureable parameter relating to the distance between two cells (e.g. the distance between the outer boundaries of two cells at their closest points).
  • a “cut-off distance” is typically a distance of one to two cell diameters, although it may vary. In some embodiments, the "cut-off distance is the distance of the cell diameter (e.g.
  • a "cut-off distance may be the diameter of a visualization particle in assays in which the visualization particles become tightly packed next to each other upon agglutination; tightly packed visualization particles may be immediately adjacent to each other such that a first packed particle is in direct contact with a second packed particle, and the distance between the center of the first particle and the second particle is equivalent to the diameter of a visualization particle).
  • the "cutoff distance is about 0.5 times the diameter of an RBC or less, 1 time the diameter of an RBC or less, 2 times the diameter of an RBC or less, or 2.5 times the diameter of an RBC or less.
  • the cut-off distance can be determined from calibration or by an estimate of the distance over which RBCs experience attraction in an assay.
  • a cut-off distance may be determined by calculating a radial distribution function (pair correlation function) for a group of visualization particles in an image.
  • a radial distribution function g(r) quantifies the probability of finding a visualization particle at a distance r from a reference particle. Radial distribution functions are described, for example, in K. Younge et. al, American Journal of Physics, Vol. 72 (9) pp. 1247 (2004), which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • g(r) is calculated as an average over all particles in an image and over multiple images of an assay sample.
  • g(r) vs. distance r may be plotted, for example, as in Figure 19.
  • the cut-off distance is selected as the r value of the highest g(r) peak.
  • the highest g(r) peak may be referred to as the g max peak.
  • the r value of the highest g(r) peak corresponds to the distance between two visualization particles attracted to each other.
  • distance r (or a value close to distance r) may serve as an effective cut-off distance for identification of visualization particles which are associated.
  • the cut-off distance may be 0.5 ⁇ or less, 1 ⁇ or less, 2 ⁇ or less, 3 ⁇ or less, 4 ⁇ or less, 5 ⁇ or less, 6 ⁇ or less, 7 ⁇ or less, 8 ⁇ or less, 9 ⁇ or less, 10 ⁇ or less, 11 ⁇ or less, 12 ⁇ or less, 13 ⁇ or less, 14 ⁇ or less, 15 ⁇ or less, 20 ⁇ or less, 25 ⁇ or less, 30 ⁇ or less, 35 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, or 50 ⁇ or less.
  • clusters can be identified.
  • clusters herein is meant a contiguous distribution of two or more cells, which are related to each other based on the determined cut-off distance. While the size of the cluster that may be detected using the assays disclosed herein may vary based on the components used in the assay, including the source of the erythrocytes, and the identity of the antisera and the virus, a cluster of as few as two erythrocytes may be detected using the assays. In particular aspects, clusters of less than about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 25, 30, 50, 75, or 100 erythrocytes may be detected using the assays provided herein.
  • clusters of visualization particles may be identified by methods involving a pair- wise analysis. Pair- wise analysis methods may examine, for example, whether any given two visualization particles are positioned such that the center-to-center distance between the particles is at or below a selected cut-off distance. If so, the given two visualization particles may be classified as being part of the same cluster. This process may be performed across all visualization particles in an image or a region of an image, and thereby clusters may be identified. For example, if a cluster of two visualization particles is identified, each of visualization particles in the identified cluster may be interrogated to identify whether the visualization particle is vicinity of any other visualization particles within the selected cut-off distance. If so, the other visualization particles may be identified as being part of the same cluster as the first two particles.
  • clusters of visualization particles may be identified by methods which involve determining the relationship between three or more visualization particles. For example, in some embodiments, a given visualization particle may be classified as being within a given cluster when the given particle is located within a selected cut-off distance of at least two other visualization particles in the same given cluster. In embodiments, clusters may be identified by simultaneous assessment of the distance between multiple visualization particles in an image, such that clusters are identified in a single step. In other embodiments, clusters may be identified by the sequential assessment of distance between different
  • visualization particles in an image such that clusters are identified in a multi-step process.
  • particles in a cluster may be arranged in a random or semi- random orientation, such that the cluster does not have a constant length or width.
  • particles in a cluster may be arranged an ordered orientation, for example, where the cluster has a constant length and/or width (e.g. clusters may contain particles linked in a chain, where the chains have a width of a single particle and length of anywhere from 2 to 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or more particles).
  • the number of clusters of two or more particles can be counted, and a histogram of cluster sizes calculated.
  • a histogram of cluster sizes multiple images of the same sample may be analyzed for clusters, and the histogram may contain cluster values obtained from or averaged over multiple images (e.g. cluster size values from 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more images of the same sample).
  • a mean cluster size S mean
  • the mean cluster size can be plotted against the dilution factor for all samples to obtain a titer.
  • FIG. 13 Representative plots of cluster size histogram as well as the association factor for an HA assay with a sample containing an agglutinating virus are shown in FIG. 13.
  • the plot in panel A shows the distribution of cluster sizes for five dilutions of the sample and the control.
  • Sample dilution 1 contains the highest concentration of sample; subsequent dilution numbers each contain half the content of sample of the previous dilution.
  • the control reaction does not contain any sample.
  • the association factor for all sample dilutions is shown in FIG. 13 B.
  • sample dilutions with high virus concentrations show high values for the association factor
  • samples 4, 5, and control corresponding to high sample dilutions / no sample at all
  • samples 4 and control show diminished values for the association factor.
  • the transition between sample 2 and sample 4 is also quite evident.
  • the inset in FIG. 13 B shows results from a typical microtiter-based HA assay with the same sample dilutions, where the first column (left) shows images from an undisturbed titer plate, and the second column (right) shows images from a titer plate which has been tilted.
  • samples 1-3 show some agglutination, while the other three samples display RBC flow, thereby suggesting non-agglutination. From these images, it would be concluded that the transition from agglutination to non-agglutination would be Sample #3, which is very close to the inflection point in the plot of the association factor. This demonstrates the agreement of results by methods provided herein with existing agglutination methods.
  • image analysis using methods of the disclosure can include calculating the size of the clusters based on the center-to-center distance of erythrocytes in the images, and the presence of a viral particle or an antibody in a sample can be determined based on the association factor derived from said cluster sizes.
  • the quantification of the viral particle or antibody concentration may be carried out by performing parallel assays using the biological sample to be tested and viral particle or antibody with known concentration or titer (calibration standards). The results can be plotted as the calibration standard and may provide the calibration curve.
  • image or light-based analysis of agglutination reactions may include one or more of the following steps.
  • An agglutination assay sample containing visualization particles and agglutinating particles may be provided in a structure through which an image of the assay sample may be obtained, such as an optically clear pipette tip, capillary tube, microscope slide, or other vessel or surface.
  • a vessel may contain two or more fluidically separate cavities, such that two or more different assay samples may be introduced into the same vessel for analysis.
  • a vessel may be a cuvette containing clear plastic and vertical wells sufficient to support 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100, or more separate agglutination assays.
  • the assay sample is introduced into a microchannel or other narrow structure in a vessel or surface, such that images may be obtained from a small quantity of assay sample.
  • the assay sample may be introduced into a structure such that images may be obtained from an assay sample of 50 ⁇ or less, 40 ⁇ or less, 30 ⁇ or less, 25 ⁇ or less, 20 ⁇ or less, 15 ⁇ or less, 10 ⁇ or less, 9 ⁇ or less, 8 ⁇ or less, 7 ⁇ or less, 6 ⁇ or less, 5 ⁇ or less, 4 ⁇ or less, 3 ⁇ or less, 2 ⁇ or less, 1 ⁇ or less, 0.5 ⁇ or less, or 0.1 ⁇ or less.
  • the structure supporting the agglutination assay sample may be positioned near a microscope objective, such that visualization particles are brought into focus in the microscope.
  • the structure may be moved, the microscope objective may be moved, or both the structure and microscope objective may be moved.
  • the structure may be moved, the microscope objective may be moved, or both the structure and microscope objective may be moved.
  • One or more images of the assay sample may be obtained.
  • images of the assay samples may be obtained with a CCD, CMOS or other image sensor in or in optical communication with a microscope.
  • images of multiple different fields of view of a single sample may be obtained.
  • images of 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 50 or more, 100 or more, 500 or more, or 1000 or more fields of view of a single assay sample may be obtained.
  • An image may be analyzed to locate the position of visualization particles (e.g. RBCs) in the image.
  • the image is analyzed to determine the position of all of the visualization particles in the image, or in a region of interest of an image. For each identified visualization particle, the center of the visualization particle may also be determined.
  • the image may be analyzed to identify clusters of visualization particles.
  • clusters may be identified using a calculation method which includes a "cut-off distance" value as part of the calculation, where the "cut-off distance" is a value which serves as a delineating point, where, for example, two visualization particles which are separated by a distance below the value of the "cut-off distance” may be considered to be associated with each other and part of the same cluster, and where, for example, two visualization particles which are separated by a distance above the value of the "cut-off distance” may be considered to not be associated with each other and to not necessarily be part of the same cluster.
  • a cut-off distance may be determined or selected based on any method described elsewhere herein.
  • clusters in one or more images of the sample may be identified according methods for cluster identification described elsewhere herein.
  • the number of clusters which contain various numbers of visualization particles may be determined (e.g. in an image, there may be 7 clusters that contain 10
  • a histogram of cluster sizes in the sample may be determined.
  • a mean cluster size of clusters in the sample may be determined.
  • a mean cluster size of clusters in a sample may be converted to an Association Factor, as described elsewhere herein.
  • histograms of cluster sizes of different samples, mean cluster sizes of clusters of different samples, or Association Factors of different samples may be used to determine the agglutination level of different samples. In embodiments, based on the
  • an antibody, viral particle, or other particle of interest in a sample may be determined.
  • Methods provided herein may be used to determine the titer of agglutinating particles or particles which inhibit agglutinating particles (e.g. antibodies against agglutinating particles) in a sample. For example, multiple different dilutions of a sample of interest may be prepared, and the different sample dilutions may be assayed for the ability to inhibit or cause agglutination of visualization particles. Based on the combination of the assay information with information relating to the dilution of the sample, the titer of agglutinating particles or particles which inhibit agglutinating particles in the sample may be determined.
  • agglutinating particles or particles which inhibit agglutinating particles e.g. antibodies against agglutinating particles
  • the intensity / level of the g(r) value may be used to determine the level of agglutination of a sample. For example, a first sample having a certain relatively high g(r) value at its highest peak (first sample g max ) in a plot of g(r) vs.
  • distance r may be considered to be agglutinated, while a second sample having a relatively low g(r) value at its highest peak (second sample g max ) in a plot of g(r) vs. distance r may be considered to not be agglutinated.
  • This determination may be based on the concept, for example, that if a larger number of particles are within a certain distance r of each other in a first sample than in a second sample (and thus resulting in a higher g(r) value at the g max in a plot of g(r) vs. distance r for the first sample than in a plot of g(r) vs. distance r for the second sample), the first sample may contain particles which are more agglutinated than the particles in the second sample.
  • image analysis may include analyzing the texture of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an image of an agglutination assay.
  • the texture of particles in suspension may provide information regarding agglutination of the particles in the suspension.
  • the suspension may be transferred into a vessel or surface through which images of or light from the suspension may be obtained.
  • an agglutination assay may be transferred into a pipette tip, a capillary tube, or a microscope slide.
  • One or more images of the assay may be obtained, through any optical set-up described elsewhere herein.
  • images of an agglutination assay may be obtained with the aid of a microscope.
  • images may be obtained with a CCD or CMOS image sensor.
  • Image recognition algorithms e.g.
  • template matching protocols may identify regions in a field of view or image which contain an agglutination assay material (e.g. the interior of a vessel), and regions in the field of view or image which do not contain assay material (e.g. the walls of a vessel supporting the assay).
  • an agglutination assay material e.g. the interior of a vessel
  • regions in the field of view or image which do not contain assay material e.g. the walls of a vessel supporting the assay.
  • the image may be subjected to texture analysis of the image or regions thereof. Any suitable method for analyzing the texture of an image may be used with methods provided herein.
  • an image may be subjected to a local binary patterns (LBP) operator, gray- level co-occurrence matrix (GLCM) operator, Gabor features identification, or Tamura's texture features identification.
  • LBP local binary patterns
  • GLCM gray- level co-occurrence matrix
  • Gabor features identification or Tamura's texture features identification.
  • an image analysis method may include MPEG-7 elements such as MPEG-7 descriptors, description schemes, description definition language, or system tools.
  • a local binary patterns operator may be used in the analysis of the texture of an image.
  • a local binary patterns operator involves selecting a region of interest of an image.
  • the region of interest may be the entire image or one or more portions thereof.
  • a region of interest may be divided into two or more cells of a selected number of pixels (e.g. 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 25 x25, 30 x 50 pixels, etc.)
  • some or all of the pixels may each be interrogated for intensity in relation to pixels surrounding the pixel under interrogation.
  • the intensity of the pixel may be compared to the intensity of each of its closest 8 neighbors (e.g. the given pixel is in the center of a 3-by-3 pixel grid, and the given pixel is compared with each of the remaining pixels in the same 3-by-3 grid).
  • the given pixel's neighbors may be assessed in an ordered direction, such as clock-wise or counter-clockwise around the given pixel.
  • the comparison between a given pixel and its neighboring pixels may be converted into a binary code.
  • the given pixel when the given pixel is compared to a neighboring pixel, if the given pixel has a greater intensity than the neighboring pixel, it may be assigned a number "1". In contrast, if the given pixel has a weaker intensity than the neighboring pixel, it may be assigned a number "0". Thus, when a given pixel is compared to multiple neighbors, the given pixel may be assigned a multi-digit binary number, with each digit of the binary number representing a comparison between the given pixel and one of its neighboring pixels.
  • the given pixel may be assigned an 8 -digit binary number, based on the sequential comparison of the center given pixel to each of its adjacent neighbors in the same 3-by-3 grid.
  • the binary number assigned to a given pixel may be converted to a decimal.
  • an intensity value e.g. binary number or decimal
  • a histogram may be determined for the common area.
  • the histogram may contain information regarding the relative intensity of the various pixels.
  • the histogram may be normalized.
  • histograms from multiple cells may be concatenated.
  • the concatenation of histograms from multiple cells of a region of interest may provide a feature vector for the region of interest.
  • the feature vector may be processed by a machine-learning algorithm such as a support vector machine in order to classify the image based on its determined texture.
  • methods provided herein involving assaying agglutination based on image analysis of the texture of an agglutination assay involve comparing texture information from an assay of interest to texture information generated from the samples of known agglutination status (e.g. agglutinated or non-agglutinated). Accordingly, methods provided herein may include obtaining images of samples of known agglutination status containing particles in suspension, and analyzing the texture of these samples. This information may be included in or used with a machine-learning algorithm, in order to assist in the classification of the agglutination status of a sample of interest. In embodiments, images of samples of known agglutination status may be used with methods and algorithms provided herein as part of "training sets" to be used to aid in the classification of images of samples of unknown agglutination status.
  • Methods provided herein may be used for both qualitative and quantitative assessment of agglutination status of a sample.
  • methods provided herein may be used to qualitatively classify samples of interest as either agglutinated or not agglutinated.
  • methods provided herein may be used to quantitatively classify sample of interest, such as by assessing the degree of agglutination of a sample.
  • training sets containing samples of varying degrees of agglutination e.g.
  • agglutination assay of a sample may permit for a titer of a virus, antibody or other particle of interest of a sample to be determined with fewer dilutions of the sample or in a shorter period of time than is needed to determine the titer of the sample when agglutination assays are only assessed qualitatively for agglutination or non- agglutination.
  • texture analysis of an image may be used in conjunction with analysis of one or more other features of the image.
  • an image which is analyzed for texture may also be analyzed for intensity in one or more wavelengths or color channels across the region of interest of the image.
  • a mean intensity or standard deviation of intensity in a wavelength or color channel may be determined across the image or a portion thereof.
  • Measurement of the intensity of signal in a color channel across the region of interest may provide information such as, for instance, the relative quantity of particles in suspension in the assay which is imaged. For example, if many red blood cells are in suspension in an assay sample (e.g.
  • the image of the assay may have a relatively high signal in the red channel across the image.
  • the image of the assay may have a relatively low signal in the red channel across the image. Measurement of the standard deviation of intensity of color channel across an image may also provide information relevant to the agglutination status of the assay material.
  • the assay material may have a higher standard deviation in a color channel across the ROI than assay material which is not agglutinated, since the agglutinated material may have a more clumped, less uniform consistency than the unagglutinated material.
  • an image which is analyzed for the texture of an agglutination assay may also be analyzed to determine the amount of particles which have settled out of suspension of the assay. These particles may accumulate, for instance, in the bottom of a vessel (e.g. a tip) which supports the assay materials. The amount of particles in the bottom of a vessel may be determined, for example, by identifying regions of interest containing settled particles and determining the size and/or intensity of these regions.
  • Figure 20 is a flow chart providing exemplary steps for assessing agglutination of a sample according to embodiments of methods provided herein.
  • one or more images of an agglutination assay containing particles in suspension in a supporting vessel or surface may be obtained 2005.
  • the images may be subjected to a template matching protocol 2015 or other image recognition algorithm, in order to identify portions of the image which do or do not contain an image of the agglutination assay material.
  • an image may be processed to identify which portions of the image correspond to the supporting vessel, and which correspond to the assay material.
  • the image may be further processed to identify a region of interest (ROI) 2025 in the image for analysis.
  • ROI region of interest
  • the region of interest is within the portion of the image which contains the image of the agglutination assay material.
  • the ROI may be analyzed to determine features of the image of the assay material. This process may be referred to herein as "feature extraction" 2035.
  • feature extraction the texture of the image of the assay materials or other features of the assay material may be analyzed. Any method disclosed herein for texture analysis may be used to analyze the texture of the image.
  • a local binary patterns (LBP) operator may be used to analyze the texture of the image.
  • features other than texture may be extracted from an image, such as intensity of signal in a selected color channel across a region of interest.
  • information obtained regarding the texture of the image or other features may be used in at least one of two or more different ways.
  • the agglutination assay was provided as an assay of known agglutination status
  • the analyzed texture information from the image of the assay may be used as part of a training set to develop a support vector machine (SVM) classifier model 2045.
  • SVM support vector machine
  • the analyzed texture information from the image of the assay may be used as part of a test set provided to a SVM classifier model to yield a SVM classifier prediction 2055.
  • the SVM prediction may provide information about the agglutination status of the sample based on the texture of the image of the assay.
  • the SVM prediction may be further processed to yield further output information 2065 which may be derived from the image analysis results.
  • the agglutination results may be processed to yield an output of the blood type of the blood used in the agglutination assay.
  • references herein to analyzing the "texture" of an image of an assay and the like may be used interchangeably with references to analyzing the "texture” of an assay and the like, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • images described herein may be described as containing "imaged information” regarding one or more features. It may be understood this phrase refers to an element / component of a larger image.
  • an image which contains "imaged information” regarding, for example, a visualization particle is an image which was taken of a field of view which included a visualization particle in the field of view.
  • One advantage of methods provided herein is to be able to use a small volume of sample.
  • about 1-1.5 ⁇ _, of sample is used for analysis.
  • about or less than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 ⁇ _, of sample is used for analysis.
  • the optical device comprises a camera, sensor, or detector. In some embodiments, the optical device is optically coupled to a microscope or the optical device comprises a sensor, detector, or camera optically coupled to a microscope.
  • the image is captured using a CCD camera.
  • the CCD camera may be a USB CCD camera.
  • the image is captured using a CMOS camera.
  • the microscope stage can be moved to image a different field of view along a reaction vessel or channel therein, and imaged.
  • analysis of sample and the assay reaction products are performed using digital imaging.
  • the assay reaction vessels may be aligned for measurement and scanned or imaged in a single operation. In some embodiments, this is achieved automatically by mechanical components.
  • Assay reaction vessels may be located at defined locations in a cartridge, device, or system and moved to a scanner/camera for imagining and/or analysis. In some embodiments, the orientation of the reaction vessels is kept constant as the reaction vessels are moved to a scanner/camera. In some embodiments, a scanner / camera may be moved to a reaction vessel.
  • the imaging region resides in a microfluidic channel.
  • the sample is taken and introduced into a microscopy cuvette containing a micro channel (also referred to herein as a microfluidic channel).
  • the micro channel can have a cross section of about 125 ⁇ x ⁇ and be about 7mm long.
  • micro channel of other dimensions may also be used in the methods provided herein.
  • the channel may be loaded onto a standard bright field microscope equipped with a broad-band light source and an objective (e.g., lOx objective). The microscope may be adjusted such that the field of view is away from the side walls of the channel, and the image is in focus so as to clearly observe individual RBCs or visualization particles.
  • additional samples e.g., with different virus/antibody concentrations
  • additional samples can be taken and loaded on to a new cuvette, and the image acquisition repeated.
  • about 10 images are collected for every sample.
  • less or more than 10 images are collected for every sample, such as at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, or 100 images per sample.
  • the collected images may then be processed to, for example, precisely locate RBC positions, with RBC centers detected from all images.
  • the images obtained by scanning or imaging can be a two-dimensional array of pixels, where each pixel comprises a plurality of intensity values corresponding to a distinct detection spectral region.
  • the illuminated background may emit white light of equal intensity over its entire surface.
  • the light output may vary somewhat, producing a normal distribution of pixel intensities as detected by the imager / sensor.
  • Exposure time may be the amount of time that the sensor pixels are permitted to collect photons before the value is read out. For a given amount of light, the readout value may be larger when the exposure time is made longer.
  • This control may be the "coarse" control for the application.
  • Gain may be the control adjusting the amount of amplification applied to the sensor signal. Increasing gain may increase the value of the signal from the sensor. Gain may be the "fine" control.
  • the optical setup can include a light source, an aperture, and a sensor or a detector.
  • the set up can include a camera, wherein the camera can be a web camera, the camera sensor can be CCD chip, the lens can be glass with a Lens-to-Object distance of anywhere from 5 to 100 mm, and the light source may be a white light source.
  • a reader assembly housing a detection assembly including a sensor or detector for detecting agglutination assays, and optionally, other assay types.
  • the detection assembly may be above a reaction vessel or at a different orientation in relation to the reaction vessel based on, for example, the type of assay being performed and the detection mechanism being employed.
  • the detection assembly can be moved into
  • reaction vessel communication with the reaction vessel or the reaction vessel can be moved into communication with the detection assembly.
  • the optical detector/sensor can be any type of imaging sensor, such as CCDs.
  • a detection assembly could include a plurality of fiber optic cables connected as a bundle to a CCD detector.
  • the fiber optic bundle could be constructed of discrete fibers or of many small fibers fused together to form a solid bundle. Such solid bundles are commercially available and easily interfaced to CCD detectors.
  • a detector/sensor can also comprise a light source, such as a bulb or light emitting diode (LED).
  • the light source can illuminate an assay in order to detect the results.
  • the illumination sources can be lasers, single color LEDs, broad frequency light from fluorescent lamps or LEDs, LED arrays, mixtures of red, green, and blue light sources, phosphors activated by an LED, fluorescent tubes, incandescent lights, and arc sources, such as a flash tube.
  • the detector can also comprise optics to deliver the light source to the assay, such as a lens or fiber optics.
  • the imaging area of a cuvette or reaction vessel may be designed so as to provide a sufficient number of cells for the application of interest. For example, counting the abundant RBCs may require counting of only 1000-2000 cells and hence a diluted sample and only a small imaging area in the cuvette.
  • a cuvette may be designed to be picked up by a standard pipetting mechanism in an automated fashion to allow the transfer of the cuvette to the imaging platform.
  • the pipetting mechanism's tip ejector can eject the cuvette from the pipetting mechanism onto the imaging platform.
  • Registration of cuvette to imaging platform may take place in two steps. Upon transfer of the cuvette to the imaging platform, static registration features on the cuvette may interface with mating features on the imaging platform to align the cuvette parallel to the imaging platform's optical axis (X,Y registration). Registration may then be completed by a mechanism located on the imaging platform. This mechanism may bias the cuvette against a planar surface perpendicular to the imaging platform's optical axis (Z registration), thereby constraining the sample within the imaging platform's focal range.
  • Methods of the disclosure provide for various illumination schemes: dark field and bright field.
  • the modular nature of the setup also allows integration of phase-contrast and differential -interference contrast (DIC).
  • DIC differential -interference contrast
  • Bright field illumination may be achieved by the use of a white light source along with a stage-condenser to create Koehler illumination.
  • a microscope stage may be connected to computer-controlled stepper motors to allow translation in the X and Y directions (e.g., horizontal directions). At every location, the desired number of images may be captured and the stage may be moved to the next XY position.
  • kits for determining the presence of an antibody, viral particle, or agglutinating particle including capturing an image of agglutination.
  • a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, wherein the antibody binds selectively to a viral particle including: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the absence of agglutination indicates the presence of said antibody, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
  • step (a) includes incubating a mixture of the viral particle and the biological sample prior to adding the erythrocytes.
  • a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample wherein the antibody binds selectively to a viral particle
  • the method includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image (or a series of images taken over time) of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the antibody.
  • step (a) includes incubating a mixture of the viral particle and the biological sample prior to adding the erythrocytes.
  • a method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample including: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes and a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the viral particle, and wherein the absence of clusters indicates the lack of agglutination and the lack of detectable amount of the viral particle.
  • methods provided herein may involve the detection of light transmitted, reflected, or scattered by a sample.
  • Light from samples may be detected, for example, by optical devices which contain image sensors such as CCD or CMOS sensor or light detectors such as photomultiplier tubes (PMTs) or photodiodes.
  • image sensors such as CCD or CMOS sensor
  • light detectors such as photomultiplier tubes (PMTs) or photodiodes.
  • the method may also be practiced where a visualization particle is used in place of erythrocytes, and/or where an agglutinating particle is used in place of a viral particle.
  • agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays may be assessed by measuring the movement of light through or from an assay. For example, light from a light source may reach an agglutination assay, and the light reflected, transmitted, or scattered by the assay may be measured.
  • particles in suspension agglutinate, they settle out of suspension more rapidly than non-agglutinated particles. Accordingly, light may move from or through an assay where agglutination of particles has occurred differently than an assay where agglutination of particles has not occurred. For example, agglutinated particles may settle out of suspension more quickly than non-agglutinated particles.
  • upper regions of assay materials in which particles agglutinate may become clearer more quickly than upper regions of assay material in which particles do not agglutinate.
  • the clearer assay material may transmit more light or scatter less light than corresponding assay materials in which the particles did not agglutinate and settle.
  • lower regions of assay materials in which particles agglutinate may become more optically dense more quickly than lower regions of assay material in which particles do not agglutinate.
  • the denser assay material may transmit less light or scatter more light than corresponding assay materials in which the particles did not agglutinate and settle.
  • Light from an assay may be detected, for example, with a light detector, such as a PMT or photodiode. Any light sources, light detector, or optical device described elsewhere herein may be used for measuring the movement of light through or from an assay. In embodiments, movement of light through or from an assay may be measured when the assay is supported in a vessel such as a pipette tip or multi-well cuvette. IV. Applications
  • hemagglutination and hemagglutination inhibition assays may be used to measure viral antigens and anti-viral antibodies.
  • the standard WHO hemagglutination inhibition method is excessively slow and has to be visually interpreted.
  • provided herein are rapid, objectively read and well-standardized assays that may be used for obtaining rapid agglutination assay results so that immediate action can be taken to manage patient populations at risk and their therapy.
  • a method for identifying a subject infected with a pathogen and/or their contacts, so that the subject and/or their contacts can be isolated so the infection does not spread.
  • a subject suspected of being in contact with a pathogen such as a viral particle
  • a pathogen such as a viral particle
  • a biological sample such as serum or plasma may be obtained from the subject and used for the testing. Evaluation of subjects and immunization programs
  • Detection and/or measurement of antibodies using methods of the disclosure are useful for determining effective immunization of a subject.
  • effective immunization means a state sufficient to induce a protective immune response in a subject.
  • a subject may be deemed to be effectively immunized by the detection of antibodies against a given virus or viral antigen in a biological sample derived from the subject.
  • Assessment of effective immunization may be made by measurement of a certain level of antibodies against a given virus or viral antigen in a biological sample derived from the subject.
  • Methods provided herein can also be used to evaluate immunization programs for effectiveness in immunizing a population or group of subjects.
  • method provided herein may be used for evaluating immunization of a population or group of subject in a point of service test setting, such as schools, workplaces, or a subject's home.
  • a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject including: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject who has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (c) determining the concentration of an antibody against the virus in the sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, and wherein steps (b) - (c) take place in less than about one hour.
  • a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject including: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; (c) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture; and (d) determining the concentration of an antibody against the viral particle in the biological sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of a detectable amount of the antibody.
  • the method may also be practiced where a visualization particle is used in place of erythrocytes, and/or where an agglutinating particle is used in place of a viral particle.
  • references to "cells” or “erythrocytes” herein also include visualization particles, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • references to "viral particles” herein also include agglutinating particles, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • methods provided herein can be used to measure the effectiveness of vaccination in real time and/or on-the-spot, and the vaccination dosage can be adjusted accordingly.
  • Methods of the disclosure may also be useful for determining blood type of a sample comprising erythrocytes.
  • antibodies against antigens of various blood types can be tested for their ability to induce hemagglutination in a sample comprising erythrocytes, thereby determining the blood type of the erythrocytes.
  • Blood type can be determined using standard antibodies to A, B and Rh antigens and the addition of a whole blood sample.
  • the antibodies specific to A, B and Rh antigens are well known, and are routinely used in blood testing. For example, if antibodies that bind the A blood group are added and agglutination occurs, the blood is either type A or type AB. To determine between type A or type AB, antibodies that bind the B group are added in a separate assay and if agglutination does not occur, the blood is type A.
  • Methods of the disclosure can also be applied to cross-matching tests, to assess donor-recipient compatibility in blood transfusion. In cross-matching, agglutination occurring when donor red blood cells and recipient's serum or plasma are incubated together indicates that the donor blood is incompatible for that particular recipient.
  • Methods of the disclosure provide improvements for determination of blood type in a sample, and in some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 75, 60, 45, 30, 15, 10, 5, 2, or 1 minute, or 30, 20, 10, 5, 3, or 1 second. In some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is between 0.5 to 5 minutes.
  • methods and reagents provided herein may be used in agglutination assays for streptozyme (anti-Streptococcus antibodies - specifically, antibodies against
  • Streptococcus NADase, DNase, streptokinase, streptolysin O, and hyaluronidase or for anti-red blood cell antibodies.
  • the disclosure also provides for a kit including: pre-fixed erythrocytes and a viral particle.
  • Erythrocytes used for HA and HAI assays can be unstable, requiring time- and labor-intensive fresh preparation that also contributes to errors in assay reproducibility.
  • a kit of the disclosure provides pre-fixed erythrocytes and a viral particle, suitable for detecting or measuring antibodies to the virus without need for fresh preparation of erythrocytes.
  • a kit of the disclosure provides
  • kits and kits of the disclosure provides visualization particles and agglutinating particles, suitable for detecting or measuring antibodies to the agglutinating particle. Kits disclosed herein may also provide assay reproducibility advantages by the use of standardized reagents.
  • kits such as the various buffers and enzymes, BSA, and controls (negative and/positive) which, for example, could be viral particles and/or antibody having known titer. Also, instructions for carrying out the assays may be provided with the kit.
  • Neuraminidase 1U (Sigma N7885 -1UN, 3.78 U/mg protein); Buffer A: 100 mM Sodium Acetate pH 5.5, 0.15M NaCl, and 4 mM CaCl 2 ; Buffer B: 100 mM Sodium
  • Neuraminidase Enzyme Solution [4 milliUnits (mU) Neuraminidase enzyme in 5 mL of Buffer A, for a final concentration of 0.8 mU/mL].
  • Neuraminidase Enzyme Solution was added to 1 volume of serum (0.2 mL Neuraminidase + 0.05 mL serum)
  • the serum was allowed to cool to room temperature.
  • the final dilution of the serum was 1 :10 (start dilution in the serial dilution series for antibody titer determination).
  • step 7 In the image analysis of microscopic images, the following steps were performed after step 7):
  • FIG. 14 A Using image analysis of microscopic images, the plot of association factor for different samples is shown in FIG. 14 D.
  • FIG. 14D the plot of area or periphery for the packed cells different samples is shown in FIG. 14D. Samples are numbered 1- 6, and are in duplicate.
  • FIG. 14B shows a macroscopic visual image of the wells of the pelleting assay after tilting.
  • FIG. 14C shows a scanned image of FIG 14B subjected to threshold digitization. The wells are numbered 1-6 starting from the bottom of the figure, and the right and left columns are duplicates of assays with the same level of dilution of sample. As shown in FIG.
  • samples with high antibody concentrations show low values for the association factor
  • samples 4, 5, and 6 show high values of the association factor.
  • the transition between sample 3 and sample 4 is also quite evident.
  • samples with high antibody concentrations show high values for perimeter and area of packed cells (i.e. many cells in the teardrop)
  • samples 4-6 show lower values for the perimeter and area of packed cells (i.e. fewer cells in the teardrop).
  • the transition between sample 3 and sample 4 is also evident.
  • FIG. 14D samples with high antibody concentrations (low dilutions, samples 1-3) show high values for perimeter and area of packed cells (i.e. many cells in the teardrop)
  • samples 4-6 show lower values for the perimeter and area of packed cells (i.e. fewer cells in the teardrop).
  • the transition between sample 3 and sample 4 is also evident.
  • FIG. 14D samples with high antibody concentrations (low dilutions, samples 1-3) show high values for perimeter and area of packed cells (i.e. many cells in the teardrop)
  • a biological sample which contained an antibody against a virus of interest was incubated with the virus for a specified period of time of less than or equal to 5 minutes . After incubation, red blood cells were added to the sample and mixed. A portion (around 1-1.5 ⁇ ) of the sample was taken and introduced into a microscopy cuvette containing a microchannel.
  • the microchannel had a cross section of 125 ⁇ x ⁇ and was about 7mm long.
  • the channel was loaded onto a standard bright-field microscope equipped with a broad-band light source and a lOx objective. Each field of view corresponded to an area of -700 ⁇ x 500 ⁇ .
  • the microscope was adjusted such that the field of view was away from the side-walls of the channel, and the image was in focus so as to clearly observe individual RBCs.
  • the image was captured using a USB CCD camera.
  • the microscope stage was moved along the axis of the channel to image a different field of view along the channel, and imaged. Around 10 fields of view were captured. Sample images are shown in FIG. 12.
  • FIG. 12 shows representative images for two samples; Control sample (Left, panel A), (which represents a non-agglutinated sample), and an agglutinated sample (Right, panel B). While based on inspection of the images with the unaided eye it may be difficult to differentiate the two samples, when RBC center information is used in conjunction with a "cut-off distance, it is possible to identify cells which are bound to each other.
  • Receptor destroying enzyme (RDE) source was Sigma C8772 Cholera Filtrate crude extract from Vibrio Cholerae.
  • 0.1 Units RDE was reconstituted with 5 mL sterile distilled water. 1 ml of the reconstituted RDE was diluted to 20 mL with calcium saline solution, pH 7.2. Four volumes of the diluted RDE were added to 1 volume of EDTA-anticoagulated human plasma (0.4 mL RDE + 0.1 mL plasma). Samples were prepared in duplicate for four separate samples. For control (untreated) assays, 4 volumes calcium saline solution were added to 1 volume of plasma (0.4 mL calcium saline solution + 0.1 mL plasma).
  • Neuraminidase source was 3.78 U/mg protein from Sigma.
  • Neuraminidase Enzyme Solution was 4 mU Neuraminidase enzyme in 5 ml of Buffer A: 100 mM Sodium Acetate pH 5.5, 0.15M NaCl, and 4 mM CaCl 2 (0.8 mU /mL final concentration).
  • neuraminidase enzyme solution 0.2 mL Neuraminidase + 0.05 mL plasma
  • the mixture was incubated at 37°C for 25 min.
  • Buffer B (1.5% sodium citrate in Sodium phosphate pH8.2) (0.25 mL) were then added and the mixture was incubated at 56°C for 5 min to inactivate the neuraminidase.
  • the plasma was allowed to cool to room temperature.
  • the final dilution of the plasma was 1 : 10 (start dilution in the serial dilution series for antibody titer determination)
  • FIG. 15 shows the results of comparative analysis following various pre -treatment methods as described above and indicated. Samples were control (solid black bar), treated with RDE overnight (reversed-slash bar), or treated with neuraminidase for 25 minutes (forward-slash bar). Three paired plasma and serum samples (each from a single blood sample) were tested. Samples 1 and 3 were negative for viral antibody while sample 2 was positive. Both sample pre-treatment methods eliminated the false positive reactions while retaining the true positive reaction. As can be seen, the method of the disclosure is equally effective in both removal of false-positive reaction and retention of true positive reaction, and the disclosed method is much faster.
  • HAI assays were performed using Influenza A HlNl / California / 04 /2009 as the viral particle, and using biological sample from subjects that had been vaccinated against HlNl virus.
  • the HAI assay was carried out as provided in steps 1-10 of Example 2. The results of the assay were determined by unaided eye (visual) inspection of tilted wells.
  • the HAI assay was carried out as provided in steps 1-7 plus 12-13 of Example 2.
  • the results of the assay were determined by calculation of association factors of the samples based on image analysis of microscopic images of the agglutination reaction.
  • blood was typed in the classes A, B, AB, or O and Rh+ or -, according to image feature extraction analysis methods provided herein, including texture analysis.
  • FIG. 21A shows sample I
  • Fig. 21B shows sample II
  • Fig. 21C shows sample III
  • the image of each tip was analyzed by an image texture analysis method as described elsewhere herein. Briefly, using a template matching algorithm, the pipette tip terminus 2105 and assay material meniscus 2110 were identified. Based on the position of the pipette tip terminus and assay material meniscus, a region of interest (ROI) 2115 of the image containing the assay material was determined.
  • ROI region of interest
  • the region of interest 2115 was defined as a rectangular shape below the meniscus, above the pipette tip terminus, and between the walls of the pipette tip.
  • An exemplary ROI 2115 is shown in the tip for sample I, assay 1 in Fig. 21 A.
  • feature extraction was performed within the ROI. Feature extraction included i) determination of mean and standard deviation of the intensity of the red channel in the ROI and ii) determination of local binary patterns (LBP). The LBP operator captures local spatial patterns and grey scale contrast.
  • LBP local binary patterns
  • the LBP operator captures local spatial patterns and grey scale contrast.
  • Features extracted from the images were provided to a support vector machine classifier.
  • the support vector machine classifier was previously trained with information from images of assays of known agglutination status (agglutinated or non-agglutinated).
  • the support vector machine classified each ROI as containing agglutinated or non-agglutinated assay material (as a binary classification). Finally, the classification information for each ROI of a sample was used to identify the blood type of the sample. In general, if a sample agglutinated with antibody against a given antigen (A, B, or D), the assay indicated that the sample was positive for the corresponding antigen. Accordingly, Sample I was identified as B Rh-positive ("B positive”) blood (tips 2 and 3 of Fig.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Surgery (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Clinical Laboratory Science (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Physiology (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Materials By Optical Means (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Materials By The Use Of Chemical Reactions (AREA)

Abstract

Methods, compositions, systems, and devices are provided for performing and analyzing agglutination assays. In one aspect, methods for image analysis of agglutination assays are provided. In another aspects, methods for performing agglutination assays are provided. In one aspect, the methods may be used for the detection of various molecules, including viruses or antibodies against a virus. In another aspect, the methods can be used to determine effective immunization of a subject.

Description

METHODS FOR DETECTING AND MEASURING AGGREGATION
CROSS REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/673,215 filed July 18, 2012, which application is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Aggregation or agglutination of molecules or cells forms the basis of various useful biological assays. Hemagglutination, or haemagglutination, is a specific form of agglutination that involves red blood cells (RBCs). This phenomenon is used in the laboratory to determine blood type, the presence and/or quantity of virus in a blood sample, and /or the quantity of certain anti-infectious agent antibodies. Hemagglutination causes RBCs to form macroscopic lattice structures that are stable against moderate agitation. These structures can be distinguished from non-agglutinated RBCs by visual observation, which forms the basis of a variety of traditional assay methods.
[0003] Hemagglutination can be triggered by viruses, bacteria, antibodies, and other factors (e.g. lectins). For example, antibodies that bind to type A antigens will induce hemagglutination in samples containing type A or AB RBCs. Similarly, viruses and viral antigens that bind to cell surface molecules can induce hemagglutination. Viruses may contain the protein
"hemagglutinin", which binds to molecules on host cells. For example, hemagglutinin proteins may bind to sialic acid on the membrane of host cells such as RBCs. Viral titer can be approximated by observing hemagglutination at various dilutions of a sample containing virus. Bacteria can also be detected and quantified with these methods.
[0004] Despite the highly useful applications of hemagglutination assays, current methods are relatively slow, subjective, and unreliable for some purposes. Traditional pre-treatment protocols can take as long as 12-24 hours, and visual inspection is not a robust method for making quantitative determinations. Hemagglutination assays are often conducted in settings where time is of the essence (e.g. to prevent spread of a viral outbreak or during an emergency blood transfusion). Therefore, there is a considerable need in the art for improved methods of detecting and measuring aggregation/agglutination.
SUMMARY
[0005] Methods, compositions, systems and devices for improved agglutination assays are provided. In one aspect, improved imaging techniques for analysis of agglutination reactions are provided. In another aspect, methods for reducing the time and/or increasing the accuracy of agglutination reactions are provided. In another aspect, improved reagents for agglutination reactions are provided. In another aspect, improved devices for performing or analyzing agglutination reactions are provided. Additional improvements are also provided and the disclosure includes additional aspects. Multiple improvements disclosed herein may be used together.
[0006] In one aspect, a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample is provided, wherein the antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, and the method includes the steps of: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting
agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the absence of agglutination indicates the presence of the antibody, and wherein said steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour. In another related but separate aspect, the method includes (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, a viral particle, and a biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of a detectable amount of the antibody. In some embodiments, a microscopic image of the mixture is obtained.
[0007] In another aspect, a method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample is provided, wherein the method includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes or modified red blood cells, a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the presence of agglutination indicates the presence of the viral particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour. In a related but separate aspect, the method of determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the viral particle, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the lack of detectable amount of the viral particle. In some embodiments, a microscopic image of the mixture is obtained. [0008] In another aspect, a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject is provided, including: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject who has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (c) determining the concentration of an antibody against the virus in the sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, and wherein said steps (b) - (c) take place in less than one hour. In a related but separate aspect, the method includes (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; (c) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture; and (d) determining the concentration of an antibody against the viral particle in said biological sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the antibody. In some embodiments, a microscopic image of the mixture is obtained.
[0009] In embodiments, the erythrocytes can be pre-fixed, e.g., by treatment with
glutaraldehyde. Where desired, the erythrocytes may include turkey red blood cells or red cells from other non-human RBCs.
[0010] The viral particles detected by any of the subject methods can include any type of agglutinating virus. For example and without limitation, hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and any strain of influenza virus may be detected by methods disclosed herein. In some aspects, antibodies detected by any of the methods disclosed herein can be against any type of agglutinating particle, such as agglutinating viruses. For example and without limitation, antibodies against HBV, HCV and any strains of influenza virus may be detected.
[0011] The biological sample utilized in any of the methods disclosed herein can be any suitable bodily fluid, processed or unprocessed, including but not limited to fresh or anti-coagulated whole blood, plasma and serum. In some instances, the plasma or serum is from a subject that has been administered with a vaccine against the viral particle. Where desired, the biological sample can be pre-treated with neuraminidase, for example, by incubating said biological sample with neuraminidase, for a suitable period of time such as less than 2 hours, 1 hour, 30 minutes, 20 minutes, 10 minutes, 5 minutes or even less. [0012] In some embodiments, the various steps employed in a method disclosed herein can be completed within about 2 hours, 60 minutes, 45 minutes, 30 minutes or less, or between about 30 to about 60 minutes.
[0013] In one aspect, provided herein are methods of analyzing agglutination based on image analysis. In one embodiment, image analysis methods are used to analyze the bulk movement of RBCs or visualization particles in an agglutination assay in a conical well or tube. In another embodiment, image analysis methods are used to analyze microscopic images of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an agglutination assay, in order to interrogate the fine structure of the RBC or visualization particle suspension.
[0014] In one aspect, provided herein are methods for image analysis of bulk movement of RBCs and visualization particles. In one embodiment, a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using designated locations in a reaction vessel (e.g. reaction tube or well). In one embodiment, a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using scanning of the packed cells of an agglutination reaction. In one embodiment, a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using determination of the area and/or perimeter of the packed cells an agglutination reaction. In some aspects, packed cells include a button and/or teardrop region.
[0015] In some embodiments, the presence of the agglutination is evidenced by formation of erythrocyte -viral particle clusters, and wherein said clusters are captured in an imaging region of an optical device. The optical device can include without limitation a camera, a microscope, an optical scanner, a sensor, a detector, or any other suitable imaging device. Where desired, an analysis of the agglutination reaction can be performed by calculating the size of said clusters based on the center-to -center distance of individual erythrocytes captured in each of said images.
[0016] In some embodiments, a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject, can further include the step of administering a second dosage of the first vaccine against the viral particle to the subject if the concentration of the antibody in the biological sample is lower than a predetermined level.
[0017] Further provided is a kit, including: pre-fixed erythrocytes, a viral particle, and instructions for a user to use the kit for antibody or viral detection. Such instructions may be wirelessly transmitted and executed in automated systems.
[0018] In embodiments, provided herein is a method of assaying for the agglutination of particles in a mixture, comprising: generating a mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with the agglutinating particles; obtaining at least one image of the mixture; and analyzing the image to obtain a measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture. [0019] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving a visualization particle, the visualization particle is a RBC or a microsphere.
[0020] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving an agglutinating particle, the agglutinating particle is a virus, viral particle, or an antibody.
[0021] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving obtaining an image, the image is obtained with a CCD or CMOS image sensor.
[0022] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving a obtaining an image, the image is obtained with optical device.
[0023] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving an agglutinating particle, the agglutinating particle is provided in a biological sample from a subject.
[0024] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving a biological sample, the biological sample comprises plasma or serum.
[0025] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving an agglutinating particle, the agglutinating particle is a virus.
[0026] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving an agglutinating particle, the agglutinating particle is an antibody.
[0027] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving a method of assaying for agglutination of particles in a mixture comprising a biological sample from a subject, the method permits the determination of the quantity of a virus or an antibody in the sample.
[0028] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving a method of assaying for agglutination of particles in a mixture comprising agglutinating particles and visualization particles, the mixture further comprises an antibody which specifically binds to the agglutinating particle and inhibits the interaction of the agglutinating particle with the visualization particle. In embodiments, the antibody is provided to the mixture in a biological sample from a subject. In embodiments, the biological sample comprises plasma or serum. In embodiments, the method permits the determination of the quantity of the antibody in the sample.
[0029] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving a mixture comprising agglutinating particles and visualization particle and obtaining an image of the mixture, the image is obtained within 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2, minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes 20 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 4 hours, or 8 hours of generating the mixture.
[0030] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving analyzing an image of a mixture comprising agglutinating particles and visualization particle to obtain a measurement of agglutination of the particles in the mixture, the analyzing the image comprises identification of a region of interest (ROI) in the image. [0031] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving a ROI, the ROI comprises imaged information of the mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
[0032] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving measurement of agglutination of particles in a mixture comprising agglutinating particles and visualization particles, measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture is a qualitative measurement of agglutination or non-agglutination.
[0033] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving measurement of agglutination of particles in a mixture comprising agglutinating particles and visualization particles, measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture is a quantitative measurement of degree of agglutination.
[0034] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving obtaining an image of a mixture comprising agglutinating particles and visualization particles, two or more images of the mixture are obtained.
[0035] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving obtaining at least one image of a mixture containing agglutinating particles and visualization particles and analyzing the image to obtain a measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture, the analyzing the image comprises identification of clusters in the image.
[0036] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving methods involving
identification of clusters in an image, the methods further comprising determining the size or number of clusters in the image.
[0037] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving identification of clusters in an image, the identification of clusters in the image comprises determining the distance between visualization particles in the image.
[0038] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving determining the distance between visualization particles in the image, the determining the distance between visualization particles comprises determining the center-to-center distance between visualization particles in the image.
[0039] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving obtaining at least one image of a mixture containing agglutinating particles and visualization particles and analyzing the image to obtain a measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture, the analyzing the image comprises determining the center-to-center distance between a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle in the image. In embodiments, the analyzing the image may further comprising determining the location of the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle in the image. [0040] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving methods involving identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles in an image, the identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles comprises identifying a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle wherein the center-to-center distance between the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle is no greater than 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, or 5 times the diameter of either the first or second visualization particle.
[0041] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving methods involving
identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles in an image, the identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles comprises identifying a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle wherein the center-to-center distance between the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle is no greater than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 50 urn.
[0042] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving methods involving
identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles in an image, the identification of a cluster comprising visualization particle and agglutinating particles comprises identifying a cluster of at least three visualization particles, wherein each of the three visualization particles is positioned such the center of the particle is located no further than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 50 urn from the center of each of the other two visualization particles in the cluster.
[0043] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving methods involving
identification of a cluster comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles in an image, the identification of clusters in the image comprises selecting a cut-off value distance, wherein particles situated at a distance from each other which is less than the cut-off value distance are considered to be associated with each other.
[0044] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving selecting a cut-off value distance, the selecting a cut-off value distance comprises calculating a radial distribution function for two or more particles in the image.
[0045] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving obtaining at least one image of a mixture containing agglutinating particles and visualization particles and analyzing the image to obtain a measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture, the analyzing the image comprises feature extraction from a region of the image comprising imaged information of the mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles. [0046] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving feature extraction from an image, feature extraction comprises analyzing the texture of a mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
[0047] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving analyzing the texture of an image comprising imaged information of the mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles, analyzing the texture of the mixture comprises analyzing the imaged information with a local binary patterns operator.
[0048] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving feature extraction from an image, wherein the feature extraction comprises analyzing the texture of a mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles, the feature extraction further comprises analyzing the intensity of signal in one or more color channels in a region of the image comprising imaged information of the mixture comprising visualization particles and
agglutinating particles.
[0049] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving analyzing the texture of a mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles, analyzing the texture of the mixture comprises inputting information obtained from the local binary patterns operator into an algorithm which has been previously trained with local binary patterns information from one or more images of a mixture of known agglutination status comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
[0050] In embodiments, in disclosures provided herein involving obtaining at least one image of a mixture containing agglutinating particles and visualization particles and analyzing the image to obtain a measurement of the agglutination of the particles in the mixture, the analyzing the image comprises comparing feature extraction information from the image of the mixture with feature extraction information from an image of a control mixture of known agglutination status comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
[0051] As described elsewhere herein, agglutination assays and agglutination inhibitions assays are different but related assays. Thus, in embodiments, descriptions herein of systems, reagents, methods for "agglutination assays" and the like may be applicable to both agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Similarly, in embodiments, descriptions herein of systems, reagents and methods for "agglutination inhibition assays" and the like may be applicable to both agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. For example, both agglutination and agglutination inhibition assays may involve analyzing the extent of agglutination of visualization particles in an assay, and thus, systems, reagents and methods provided herein for analyzing the extent of agglutination of visualization particles may be applicable to both agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays.
[0052] This Summary is provided to introduce a selection of concepts in a simplified form that are further described below in the Detailed Description. This Summary is not intended to identify key features or essential features of the claimed subject matter, nor is it intended to be used to limit the scope of the claimed subject matter.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[0053] All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0054] In the drawings,
[0055] FIG. 1 depicts agglutination of red blood cells.
[0056] FIG. 2 illustrates the traditional pelleting assay by which agglutinated and non- agglutinated samples can be distinguished.
[0057] FIG. 3 illustrates the traditional pelleting assay by which agglutinated and non- agglutinated samples can be distinguished in conical tubes.
[0058] FIG. 4 depicts A) virus-mediated aggregation of cells and B) antibody-mediated aggregation of cells.
[0059] FIG. 5 depicts antibody-mediated inhibition of virus-mediated aggregation of cells.
[0060] FIG. 6 depicts schematics related to analysis of bulk movement of visualization particles by image analysis at designated locations in a vessel. Panel A depicts movement of visualization particles across zones in unagglutinated, partly agglutinated, and agglutinated samples. Panel B depicts zones that are smaller than the area of visualization particles.
[0061] FIG. 7 shows a sample graph of signal intensity vs. zone number for the samples depicted in FIG. 6
[0062] FIG. 8 depicts an axis through a button and teardrop region of packed cells in the bottom of a vessel, as may be used for analysis of bulk movement of visualization particles by image analysis using scanning.
[0063] FIG. 9 shows a sample graph of signal intensity vs. position number along an axis as depicted in FIG. 8 for unagglutinated, agglutinated, and partially agglutinated samples. The line marked by triangles is agglutinated sample, the line marked by squares is partly agglutinated sample, and the line marked by diamonds is unagglutinated sample. [0064] FIG. 10 depicts a schematic showing identification of the perimeter of the button (Area
A / 1005) and teardrop (Area B / 1010) area of packed visualization particles, as may be used for analysis of bulk movement of visualization particles by image analysis of areas or perimeter.
[0065] FIG. 11 shows a sample graph showing an analysis as in FIG. 10, which depicts the relationship between % area of Area A (1005) and Area B (1010), agglutination extent, and the ratio of Area B to Area A. The line marked by diamonds is Area A, the line marked by squares is Area B, and the line marked by triangles is the ratio of Area B / Area A.
[0066] FIG. 12 shows representative microscopic images for a non-aggregated sample A) and an aggregated sample B).
[0067] FIG. 13 shows distribution of cluster sizes for six samples, samples 1-5 and control (left side graph) and the calculated association factor for each of the six samples (right side graph). Inset in the right side graph is a macroscopic image of the same samples measured using the method of plate tilting and visual observation of the flow characteristics of packed red cells. The left column of the inset is an image of the wells before plate tilting, and the right column of the inset is an image of the wells after plate tilting.
[0068] FIG. 14 shows comparison between A) microscopic analysis of association factor, B) macroscopic visual image of pelleting assay, C) macroscopic scanned image of pelleting assay subjected to threshold digitization, and D) analysis of macroscopic scanned image of pelleting assay. B) and C) contain images of the samples analyzed in A) and D), respectively. B) and C) show images of the pelleting assay using the method of plate tilting and observation of the flow characteristics of packed red cells. In panels B) and C), the wells are numbered 1-6 from the bottom to the top, and the adjacent wells in each of the right and left row are duplicates of the same assay conditions. In D), the line marked by diamonds is area of cells in the right column of C), the line marked by triangles is the area of cells in the left column of C), the line marked by squares is the perimeter of cells in the right column of C), and the line marked by crosses is the perimeter of cells in the left column of C).
[0069] FIG. 15 shows comparison between pre -treatment with the traditional receptor- destroying enzyme (RDE) method (slashed fill) and a method using neuraminidase provided herein (solid fill).
[0070] FIG. 16 shows comparison of pre-treatment of plasma samples, as labeled, with control, RDE method, and a neuraminidase method provided herein.
[0071] FIG. 17 shows antibody titer results from an HAI method of the disclosure plotted against results from the traditional HAI (hemagglutination assay inhibition) method. [0072] FIG. 18 shows antibody titer results from an HAI method of the disclosure plotted against results from the traditional HAI method, with three different viral antigens HlNl, H3N2, and Influenza B.
[0073] FIG. 19 shows a plot of an exemplary radial distribution function of particles in an agglutination assay, with distance r (in pixels) on the X-axis and g(r) on the Y-axis.
[0074] FIG. 20 shows a flow chart providing exemplary steps for assessing agglutination of a sample according to embodiments of methods provided herein.
[0075] FIG. 21 shows images of exemplary tips containing agglutination assays; FIGs. 21 A, 21B, and 21C show assays with samples from different subjects.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0076] Provided herein are compositions, systems, devices, and methods related to assays for a viral particle, agglutinating particle, antigen or an antibody to an antigen in a sample, by detecting the occurrence of agglutination of erythrocytes or other particles which may be selectively agglutinated / aggregated, such as microspheres.
I. General
A. Definitions
[0077] The articles "a", "an" and "the" are non-limiting. For example, "the method" includes the broadest definition of the meaning of the phrase, which can be more than one method.
[0078] A "subject" may be a human or animal. The subject may be living or dead. The subject may be a patient, clinical subject, or pre-clinical subject. A subject may be undergoing diagnosis, treatment, and/or disease prevention. The subject may or may not be under the care of a health care professional.
[0079] A "blood sample" is a sample of blood or any blood fraction, blood derivative and the like. Plasma is an example of a blood fraction. The blood sample can have any suitable volume, be obtained by any suitable method, be collected from any part of the subject at any time, be collected in any suitable vessel, and the like. Blood is a specialized bodily
fluid in animals (including humans) that delivers necessary substances such as nutrients and oxygen to the cells and transports metabolic waste products away from those same cells. Blood samples may have any suitable materials added, optionally one or more anti-coagulants. "Blood sample" also includes blood samples that are diluted.
[0080] "Plasma" is the liquid component of blood in which the blood cells in whole blood are normally suspended. It is the intravascular fluid part of extracellular fluid (all body fluid outside of cells). It is mostly water (about 93% by volume) and may contain dissolved
proteins, glucose, clotting factors, mineral ions, hormones and carbon dioxide (plasma being the main medium for excretory product transportation). Blood plasma may be prepared by spinning
(centrifuging) a tube of blood containing an anti-coagulant in a centrifuge until the blood cells sediment to the bottom of the tube. The blood plasma is then aspirated or drawn off.
[0081] "Blood serum" is blood plasma without fibrin, fibrinogen or the other clotting factors (i.e., whole blood minus both cells and clotting factors).
[0082] Blood samples may be obtained by a "non-venous route", meaning that the blood is not drawn from the veins and arteries of the body with a needle. Non-venous route does not limit the blood sample to being either venous blood (deoxygenated blood) or arterial blood (oxygenated blood). Both venous blood and arterial blood are suitable. Obtaining blood from capillaries of the body is one example of a non-venous route.
[0083] A "finger prick", "fmgerstick", or similar is one example of a method suitable for obtaining a blood sample by a non-venous route. Here, a sharp point or edge may be used to penetrate the skin of the finger (or any other part of the body), causing blood to emanate from the body. A fmgerstick may also be performed on the heel, optionally on the heel of a baby, for example. The blood may be collected using a capillary tube, pipette, swab, drop, or any other mechanism known in the art.
[0084] By "agglutination", "aggregation", or grammatical equivalent thereof, herein means the process by which particles such as molecules or cells cluster in space over a course of time. The resulting aggregates have at least some different properties than the individual un-aggregated particles, and assays to detect or measure these aggregates provide useful information.
[0085] The term "viral particle" includes any molecule or material that contains a virus or viral components. The term includes whole viruses, as well as parts of viruses. Viral particles include viral antigens. Viral antigens include, without limitation, viral polypeptides, nucleic acids, and carbohydrates.
[0086] The term "erythrocyte" includes any form of a red blood cell, from any organism. Thus, the term includes fresh, unaltered, red blood cells, as well as red blood cells that have been subjected to a chemical or other treatment. The term includes red blood cells from mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish, invertebrates, or any other type of organism.
[0087] "Images" are any artifact, for example a two-dimensional picture, set of pictures, or video that has a similar appearance to some physical object. Images may involve the capture of light by a camera.
[0088] Images may be "pixilated", meaning that they comprise pixels.
[0089] As used herein, "point of service" locations may include locations where a subject may receive a service (e.g. testing, monitoring, treatment, diagnosis, guidance, sample collection, ID verification, medical services, non-medical services, etc.), and may include, without limitation, a subject's home, a subject's business, the location of a healthcare provider (e.g., doctor), hospitals, emergency rooms, operating rooms, clinics, health care professionals' offices, laboratories, retailers [e.g. pharmacies (e.g., retail pharmacy, clinical pharmacy, hospital pharmacy), drugstores, supermarkets, grocers, etc.], transportation vehicles (e.g. car, boat, truck, bus, airplane, motorcycle, ambulance, mobile unit, fire engine/truck, emergency vehicle, law enforcement vehicle, police car, or other vehicle configured to transport a subject from one point to another, etc.), traveling medical care units, mobile units, schools, day-care centers, security screening locations, combat locations, health assisted living residences, government offices, office buildings, tents, bodily fluid sample acquisition sites (e.g. blood collection centers), sites at or near an entrance to a location that a subject may wish to access, sites on or near a device that a subject may wish to access (e.g., the location of a computer if the subject wishes to access the computer), a location where a sample processing device receives a sample, or any other point of service location described elsewhere herein. In some embodiments, a point of service is a point of care. As used herein, a "point of care" refers to any location at or near a subject (e.g. a subject's home or work, grocery stores, drug stores, medical clinics, hospitals, schools, etc.) where a subject may receive medical-related care (e.g. treatment, testing, monitoring, diagnosis, counseling, sample collection, etc.).
[0090] "Video" images are a series of images collected sequentially over time. Video images may be collected at any rate, including for example, at least 1 frame / minute, at least 1 frame / 10 seconds, at least 1 frame / second, at least 10 frames / second, at least 20 frames / second, at least 30 frames / second, at least 40 frames / second, at least 50 frames / second, at least 100 frames / second, or at least 200 frames / second.
B. General Considerations
[0091] Hemagglutination assays have been in use for many years with complex, slow protocols. The character of the agglutination reaction is that large structures are held together by relatively weak forces (non-covalent protein-protein interactions). Such processes respond to mechanical forces like agitation and mixing of the cell suspension. The character of the agglutinates is dependent not only on the reactants but also on the shape of the vessel in which the reaction occurs. The temperature, solvent composition, presence of polymers such as proteins, carbohydrates (e.g. Dextran) and other (e.g. polyethylene glycol) polymers all may have effects on the reaction. A general schematic of an agglutination reaction is shown in FIG. 1.
[0092] To read agglutination reactions, several optical methods are currently used.
[0093] In the first method, shown in FIG. 2, the reaction vessel is a straight-sided circular tube. Agglutinated red cells settle more quickly than unagglutinated cells. After sufficient time has passed, the agglutinated cell reaction product exhibits a clear supernatant with a pellet of agglutinated cells, while the unagglutinated cell reaction remains turbid, with the unagglutinated cells remaining in suspension.
[0094] The second method is illustrated in FIG. 3. It has been found that using conical tubes can cause some agglutinated red blood cells to form a distributed lattice / mat at the bottom of the tube, while some of the agglutinated red blood cells remain suspended in solution. In contrast, most of the unagglutinated cells roll down the sides of the tube to form a "button" at the narrow bottom tip of the tube, but this button is loosely packed. In order to help identify whether cells in conical tubes are agglutinated or unagglutinated after an agglutination assay, conical tubes may be tilted after the cells have been given sufficient time to settle in the assay. When such tubes are tilted at an angle as in FIG. 3, the button of unagglutinated cells flows to form a "teardrop" shaped mass, whereas agglutinated cells exhibit significantly less flow.
[0095] The methods, compositions, systems and devices provided herein for agglutination assays have multiple advantages over existing technologies.
[0096] In one aspect, a method is provided for determining the presence of a viral particle using a binding assay. As provided in more detail herein, in one aspect, in this assay, the viral particle, if present, binds to erythrocytes and forms erythrocyte-viral particle clusters, and accordingly leads to agglutination. This may be referred to as a hemagglutination assay (HA). See FIG. 4, panel A.
[0097] In a further aspect, a method is provided for determining the presence of an antibody using a binding assay. As provided in more detail herein, in one aspect, in this assay, the antibody, if present, binds to the erythrocytes and forms erythrocyte- antibody particle clusters, and accordingly leads to agglutination. This also may be referred to as a hemagglutination assay (HA). See FIG. 4, panel B.
[0098] In one aspect, a method is provided for determining the presence of antibody using a competition assay. As provided in more detail herein, in one aspect, in this assay the antibody, if present, binds to the surface of a viral particle, thus preventing the viral particle from binding to the erythrocytes and forming erythrocyte-viral particle clusters. Thus, the antibody against the viral particle results in the absence or inhibition of agglutination. This may be referred to as a hemagglutination assay inhibition (HAI). See FIG 5.
[0099] In one aspect, methods provided herein may reduce the sample pre-treatment time for agglutination assays to as little as 30 minutes or less. In one aspect, this may be achieved by the use of neuraminidase during sample pre-treatment.
[00100] In another aspect, methods provided herein may simplify the hemagglutination assay reagent set. For example, in some embodiments the methods provided herein employ a single, stable type of red blood cell preparation (or its equivalent, such as microsphere) for all hemagglutination assays. An example of a stable type of red cell preparation is turkey red cells stabilized by glutaraldehyde fixation. Such fixed cells are essentially indefinitely stable (in contrast to fresh red cells which have to be prepared daily and will vary from day to day).
Fixation does not inactivate the cell surface receptors to which the viral hemagglutinin or other agglutinating particles bind. Fresh red cells and cells from different animal species can also be used in the disclosed methods.
[00101] In some aspects, methods of the present disclosure include the combination of assay steps. While the traditional HAI method uses at least two separate incubations (one reaction of treated sample containing antibodies with viral antigen, plus one reaction with red cells, totaling about 60 minutes), the methods provided herein for may use of a single incubation. Such incubation may be significantly shorter than in traditional methods, such as taking about 45 minutes or less, about 30 minutes or less, about 25 minutes or less, about 20 minutes or less, about 15 minutes or less, about 10 minutes or less, about 5 minutes or less, about 4 minutes or less, about 3 minutes or less, about 2 minutes or less, or about 1 minute or less. In certain embodiments, two steps can also be used.
[00102] In some aspects, methods of the present disclosure accelerate agglutination reactions. Agglutination reactions are sensitive to the assay medium composition. Charge-charge interactions and weak interactions with, for example, polymers (proteins, carbohydrate polymers such as dextran) and the like all may have profound effects on the agglutination rate and end- point. In some embodiments, with glutaraldehyde-fixed turkey red cells, albumin can accelerate the agglutination reaction by about four fold.
[00103] Methods of the present disclosure further provide objective analysis of the agglutination end-point. Image analysis can be used to read hemagglutination assays objectively and quantitatively without the need for titration of sample. Certain methods for image analysis are provided in U.S. Provisional Appl. No. 61/435,250, filed Jan. 21, 2011, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00104] In one embodiment, a digital image of an agglutination assay in a conical tube reaction container is collected. This image can be interpreted to measure the extent of "teardrop" formation (length of red cell column). In another embodiment, "cluster analysis" of visualization particles may be performed as described in detail below. This method enables an agglutination reaction to be read after very short time.
[00105] Furthermore, the methods provided herein may reduce total agglutination assay time. Table 1 provides a comparison of the traditional method and an exemplary agglutination inhibition assay embodiment of the methods provided herein. As shown in Table 1 below, the methods provided herein may result in a more than 20-fold reduction in assay time and a significant reduction in agglutination assay protocol complexity.
Table 1
Figure imgf000017_0001
[00106] Methods disclosed herein can further eliminate of the need for serial dilution of reagents by use of an objective, kinetic readout.
[00107] One or more the steps of the method may be performed at point of service or point of care location. Performance of methods disclosed herein a point of care location may enable medical personnel to rapidly make a treatment decision for a subject based on assay data related to the specific subject.
II. Assays A. Hemagglutination Assay (HA Assay)
[00108] In one aspect, provided herein are methods, compositions, devices, and systems relating to hemagglutination assays (HA). Hemagglutination assays may be used as a method of detection or quantification for viruses, bacteria, antibodies or other hemagglutinating particles by hemagglutination.
[00109] Agglutination of erythrocytes can be referred to as hemagglutination [00110] As used herein, the term "visualization particle" refers to any cell or particle that may be agglutinated and detected macroscopically or microscopically. "Visualization particles" include, without limitation, erythrocytes, other cells, and microspheres.
[00111] As used herein, the term "agglutinating particle" refers to any molecule or organism which may bind to and cause aggregation of cells or visualization particles. "Agglutinating particles" include, without limitation, viruses, viral particles, and antibodies.
[00112] In some aspects, any of the assays described herein as "hemagglutination assays" or "hemagglutination inhibition assays" may also be carried out with non-red blood cell
visualization particles (e.g. microspheres, bacteria) functioning in the role of RBCs in an HA or HAI assay, with appropriate corresponding agglutinating particles. Furthermore, a HAI assay may be performed to assay for any antibody that can bind to any agglutinating particle, in order to inhibit the agglutination of visualization particles by that agglutinating particle.
[00113] In one aspect, provided herein are improved methods of detecting and measuring hemagglutination, as well as improved methods of detecting and measuring inhibition of hemagglutination. Assays for detecting or measuring hemagglutination can be referred to as HA assays. Assays for detecting or measuring inhibition of hemagglutination can be referred to as HAI assays. FIG. 4 illustrates the process of hemagglutination induced by A) virus and B) antibody. Virus-induced hemagglutination can be used, for example, to detect the presence of or quantify an amount of a virus or viral particle, also known as viral titer. Antibody-induced agglutination can be used, for example, to determine blood type of erythrocytes in a sample.
[00114] In one embodiment, provided herein is a method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample, including: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes and a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the presence of agglutination indicates the presence of the viral particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour. The detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein.
[00115] In another aspect, provided herein is a method for determining the presence of an agglutinating particle in a biological sample, including: (a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles and a biological sample suspected of containing the agglutinating particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particle via interaction with the agglutinating particle; and (b) detecting whether said agglutination occurs in said mixture, wherein the presence of said agglutination indicates the presence of said agglutinating particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour. The detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein. [00116] Detection of agglutination generally involves taking images of the agglutination using an imaging device, such as a scanner, camera, detector, or sensor, which may be coupled to a microscope.
[00117] In general, the assay is carried using a device that is capable of holding the reactions, such as a 96- well microtiter plate or its equivalent. A pre -treated biological sample containing the viral particle or agglutinating particle to be detected may be serially diluted in the plate with a diluent buffer (e.g. PBS with BSA). Then, pre-fixed RBCs or visualization particles in suspension may be added, followed by gentle mixing. The reaction is incubated for a suitable period of time, for example, a total of about 15 minutes. However, a total incubation shorter or longer than 15 minutes may also be used, such as about 10 or 5 minutes or shorter, or 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60 minutes, or longer. The incubation may be carried at room temperature (i.e., 25 °C), or at a temperature that is lower or higher than room temperature, such as about 4, 8, 12, 14, 16, 20, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70°C. The temperature and duration of incubation can be optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assays. The plate may be read on a scanner and a final end-point image may be taken of the plate, preferably when the plate is tilted at 20 - 75°, such as at about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, or 75°.
[00118] In some embodiments, an image of the agglutination assay is captured with an optical device which includes a microscope. In these embodiments, the assay is generally carried as described above, except after the pre-fixed RBCs or visualization particles are added to the reaction, a small sample (e.g. 1-2μΙ.) from the well (or other structure holding the reaction) is transferred directly into a cuvette or tip, and imaged under an optical device containing a microscope. Images may be collected and analyzed to calculate association factors as described in more detail herein.
[00119] The duration for performing the agglutination assay is generally optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assay. In some embodiments, performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in less than one hour, such as about 10 or less, 15 or less, 20 or less, 30 or less, 40 or less, 50 or less, or 60 minutes or less. In some embodiments, performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in more than one hour, but less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 hours.
[00120] In some embodiments, an HA assay is performed using a sample known not to contain an agglutinating virus, to ensure that observed agglutination is a result of agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle (i.e. a negative control). In some embodiments, an HA assay is performed using a sample known to contain an agglutinating virus, to ensure that erythrocytes or visualization particles used in the assay are capable of undergoing agglutination (i.e. a positive control). B. Hemagglutination Inhibition Assay (HAI Assay)
[00121] In one aspect, provided herein are methods, compositions, devices, and systems relating to hemagglutination inhibition assays (HAI). Hemagglutination inhibition assays measure the ability of a sample to inhibit hemagglutination. HAI assays are useful, for example, for detecting or measuring the presence of antibodies capable of binding an agglutinating virus or an agglutinating particle and inhibiting its ability to agglutinate. The presence of such binding can be a useful indicator of the presence of antibodies against a virus or agglutinating particle.
[00122] Referring to FIG. 5, a schematic diagram of inhibition of hemagglutination is depicted. In some embodiments, a reagent containing virus is incubated with a sample that may contain antibodies that bind selectively to the virus. Antibody binding to a viral particle can interfere with the viral particle's ability to induce hemagglutination. Inhibition of hemagglutination thus serves to indicate the presence of antibody. In this way, HAI assays may be used to detect or measure antibodies in a biological sample.
[00123] In the traditional approach, the HAI assay is performed in at least three steps: (1) pre- treatment of sample suspected of containing an antibody; (2) incubation of pre-treated sample suspected of containing an antibody with a virus (antibodies to the virus bind to the
hemagglutinin on the viral particles, rendering the hemagglutinin inactive) for up to 24 hours; and (3) the material from step (2) is inactivated, and then a preparation of red cells (freshly made) is added, and the mixture incubated for a total of about 2 hours.
[00124] In some embodiments, methods of the disclosure improve on the traditional method by removing the need for three separate steps. In some embodiments, reagent red blood cells and viral antigens are combined into a single reagent. In some embodiments, agglutinating particles and visualization particles are combined into a single reagent.
B 1. Detection of antibodies
[00125] In one aspect, a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample is provided, wherein the antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, and the method includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the absence of agglutination indicates the presence of said antibody, and wherein said steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour. The detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein.
[00126] In one aspect, a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample is provided, wherein the antibody binds selectively to an agglutinating particle, and the method includes: (a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles, the agglutinating particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with the agglutinating particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the absence of the agglutination indicates the presence of the antibody, and wherein the steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour. The detection and analysis of agglutination is carried out as provided herein.
[00127] In some embodiments, the viral particle and the biological sample are incubated together before adding the erythrocytes. In some embodiments, the agglutinating particle and the biological sample are incubated together before adding the visualization particles.
B2. Detection of viral particles or hemagglutinating particles
[00128] In another aspect, an HAI assay is used to detect or measure a specific viral particle or agglutinating particle. A sample suspected of containing a specific viral particle or agglutinating particle is assayed for agglutination, in the presence or absence of known, fixed quantities of (reagent) antibodies known to bind selectively to the specific viral particle or agglutinating particle. If the sample still induces agglutination in the presence of the antibodies, the sample does not contain (or only contains a low amount) the specific viral particle or agglutinating particle of interest (but likely contains a different viral or agglutinating particle). If, on the other hand, agglutination is observed to be inhibited by the presence of specific the antibodies, then the viral particle or agglutinating particle in the sample is a match for the specific virus or viral particle of interest.
[00129] In some embodiments, an HAI assay is performed without titration of the unknown quantity of virus or antibody. The objective analysis of the methods herein provide high sensitivity to even minute changes in the state if aggregation of RBCs. This high resolution reduces ambiguity in determining the exact transition point between agglutination/non- agglutination. This can eliminate the need for titration, greatly simplifying the assay protocol.
[00130] In some embodiments, an HAI assay is performed using a sample known not to contain an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle, to ensure that agglutination is a result of agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle (i.e. a negative control). In some embodiments, an HAI assay is performed using a sample known to contain an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle, but lacking antibodies, to ensure that erythrocytes or visualization particles used in the assay are capable of undergoing agglutination (i.e. a positive control). This control also helps to set a baseline measurement for agglutination from which antibody-induced inhibition can be determined. C. Biological Samples
[00131] In one aspect, provided herein are methods for determining the presence of an antibody, viral particle, antigen, or agglutinating particle in a biological sample.
[00132] By "biological sample" herein is meant a sample derived from a biological source.
Examples of biological samples include but are not limited to, blood, serum, saliva, urine, gastric and digestive fluid, tears, stool, semen, vaginal fluid, interstitial fluids derived from tumor tissue, ocular fluids, bodily tissue, or spinal fluid. Examples of tissue samples of the subject may include but are not limited to, connective tissue, muscle tissue, nervous tissue, epithelial tissue, cartilage, or bone. The sample may be provided from a human or animal. The sample may be collected from a living or dead subject. The sample may be collected fresh from a subject or may have undergone some form of pre-processing, storage, or transport.
[00133] In some embodiments, the biological sample comprises plasma or serum derived from blood.
[00134] In some embodiments, the blood, plasma or serum is derived from a subject (e.g. a human) that has been administered with a vaccine against an antigen. The antigen may be, for example, a viral particle or agglutinating particle.
[00135] A subject may provide a sample, and/or the sample may be collected from a subject. A subject may be a human or animal. The subject may be living or dead. The subject may be a patient, clinical subject, or pre-clinical subject. A subject may be undergoing diagnosis, treatment, monitoring and/or disease prevention. The subject may or may not be under the care of a health care professional. The subject may be a person of any age, an infant, a toddler, an adult or an elderly.
[00136] Any volume of sample may be provided from the subject. Examples of volumes may include, but are not limited to, about 10 mL or less, 5 mL or less, 3 mL or less, 1 mL or less, 500 or less, 400 or less, 300 or less, 250 μΐ, or less, 200 μΐ, or less, 170 μΐ, or less, 150 μΐ, or less, 125 μΐ, or less, 100 μΐ, or less, 75 μΐ, or less, 50 μΐ, or less, 25 μΐ, or less, 20 μΐ, or less, 15 μΐ, οτ less, 10 or less, 9 μΐ, or less, 8 μΐ, or less, 7 μΐ, or less, 6 μΐ, or less, 5 μΐ, or less, μΐ, or less, 3 μΐ, or less, 2 μΐ^ or less, 1 μΐ, or less, 750 nL or less, 500 nL or less, 250 nL or less, 100 nL or less, 50 nL or less, 20 nL or less, 10 nL or less, 5 nL or less, 1 nL or less, 500 pL or less, 100 pL or less, 50 pL or less, or 1 pL or less. The amount of sample may be about a drop of a sample. The amount of sample may be the amount collected from a non-venous route. The amount of sample may be the amount collected from a pricked finger or fmgerstick. Any volume, including those described herein, may be used in the methods disclosed herein. C 1. Pretreatment of Biological Samples
[00137] In some embodiments, the biological sample is pre -treated, to reduce non-specific background.
[00138] Pre-treatment generally includes treatments to reduce background or false positive measurements associated with a biological sample. Blood serum and plasma frequently contain factors [in particular glycoproteins which are not antibodies to a virus] which bind to the viral hemagglutinin and cause inhibition of agglutination reactions. The main class of such glycoproteins have polysialic acid chains covalently linked to the protein. The presence of such proteins may falsely elevate the measured antibody titer in an HAI assay, and may falsely lower the measured viral particle titer in a HA assay. To eliminate this problem the sample can be pre- treated to eliminate the interfering factors before running the HA or HAI assay.
[00139] Two enzymes are generally used for sample pre-treatment to reduce background in agglutination reactions: (1) Receptor destroying enzyme ("RDE"), which cleaves sialic acid attached to glycoproteins or glycolipids (for example, Cholera filtrate; e.g. Sigma-Aldrich, product number C8772, and (2) Neuraminidase which cleave exo or endo poly-sialic acids (for example, Type III, from Vibrio cholera, 1-5 units / mg protein; e.g. Sigma-Aldrich, product number N7885). The traditional pre-treatment method uses RDE for about 20 hours.
[00140] In some embodiments, the biological sample is pre -treated with neuraminidase.
Neuraminidase refers to a class of enzymes that are glycoside hydrolase enzymes that cleave the glycosidic linkages of neuraminic acids. Neuraminidase enzymes are a large family of enzymes, which are found in a range of organisms, including viruses. Neuraminidases are also called sialidases for their ability to catalyze the hydrolysis of terminal sialic acid residues from proteins such as receptors. Major classes of neuraminidases include viral neuraminidase, bacterial neuraminidase, mammalian neuraminidases, lysosomal sialidase, cytosolic sialidase, and membrane sialidase.
[00141] In some embodiments, pre-treatment of a biological sample with a neuraminidase provides an advantage in reaction speed. In some embodiments, sample pre-treatment is carried out by incubating a sample with neuraminidase for less than 30 minutes.
[00142] Examples of neuraminidase treatment are provided herein. In general, a proper amount of neuraminidase is added to the serum or plasma and incubated at a temperature that is suitable for the reaction (for example, at about 4, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 37, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70 °C) for a suitable period of time. The amount of neuraminidase added to the reaction depends on the activity of the enzyme and the property of the serum. In some reactions, about 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8, 2, 2.2, 2.4, 2.6, 2,8, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 units (U) neuraminidase / liter is used in the pre-treatment step. Neuraminidase may be prepared in a suitable buffer solution (e.g. 100 mM sodium acetate, pH 5.5, 0.15 M NaCl, 4 mM CaCl2). In some embodiments, treatment is carried out by incubating the biological sample with
neuraminidase for about or less than 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 90, or 120 minutes. A neuraminidase reaction may be terminated by adding a "termination solution", which is a solution that may be used to inactivate the neuraminidase enzyme, but that causes no or minimal damage to the sample. In one example, a termination solution is 1.5% sodium citrate in sodium phosphate solution, pH 8.2. In one example, a termination reaction using a termination solution is to add 5 volumes of 1.5% sodium citrate in sodium phosphate pH 8.2 to a neuraminidase reaction, and to incubate the mixture at 56°C for 5 minutes.
[00143] In some embodiments the pre -treatment is carried out by incubating the biological sample with neuraminidase, and wherein the final concentration of the neuraminidase in the mixture is about 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1, 1.2, 1.4, 1.6, 1.8, or 2 U/liter, or greater or less.
[00144] After the inactivation, the reaction may be cooled to room temperature. In some embodiments, the treated sample is diluted (e.g. 1 :2, 1 :3, 1 :4, 1 :5, or 1 : 10 dilution) prior to being used for the assays provided herein.
[00145] Assays may be conducted with serial dilutions of a biological sample, an antigen, erythrocytes, viral particles, agglutinating particles, visualization particles, antibodies, or any combination thereof. However, in some embodiments, the need for serial dilution is reduced or eliminated by the use of methods described herein for rapid agglutination assay analysis.
D. Target Analytes
[00146] The methods provided herein are used to detect a target analyte in the biological sample. The target analyte may be, without limitation, an antibody, an antigen, a viral particle, a bacterial particle, or an agglutinating particle.
D 1. Antibody target analytes
[00147] In one aspect, methods are provided for detecting and measuring antibodies in a biological sample. In some embodiments, detectable antibodies bind selectively to a viral particle. In some embodiments, detectable antibodies bind selectively to an agglutinating particle.
[00148] In some embodiments, a sample is any antiserum that contains antibodies that bind to one or more epitopes on a viral particle having the ability to agglutinate erythrocytes, or suspected of having the ability to agglutinate erythrocytes. Alternatively or additionally, the antiserum may be any antiserum that contains antibodies that bind to one or more epitopes of a hemagglutinin protein, or suspected of containing antibodies having the ability to bind to one or more epitopes of a hemagglutinin protein. Alternatively or additionally, the antiserum may be any antiserum that contains antibodies that bind to one or more epitopes present on an agglutinating particle. The antiserum can be serum obtained from any living source, such as a human, bird, horse, rabbit, mouse, goat, pig, guinea pig, or rat. The living source of the antiserum may have been immunized with a particular antigen, although the living source need not have been specifically exposed to the antigen. The antiserum may also be a serum produced in vitro to contain antibodies that bind to a virus, a hemagglutinin protein, or an agglutinating particle. The antibodies may be monoclonal or polyclonal. Further, the antibodies may be full length, or an antigen binding fragment, such as Fab, F(ab)2, or Fv fragments and single chain antibodies. The antibodies may also be naturally occurring antibodies, humanized antibodies or chimeric antibodies. Any antibody that binds to an agglutinating virus, a hemagglutinin protein, or agglutinating particle, whatever the source, may be used in the assays. Other types of reagents that bind specifically to hemagglutinin or agglutinating particles and block or inhibit
agglutination may also be used. Examples of such binders include, without limitation, aptamers and lectins.
[00149] In some embodiments, a plasma, serum, or antiserum sample is derived from a subject that has been administered with a vaccine against an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle. Thus also provided herein are methods of determining the effective immunization of a subject, which can be assessed by detecting and/or measuring the presence of antibodies against an agglutinating virus or agglutinating particle in a sample from the subject using an HAI assay of the disclosure.
[00150] The skilled artisan will understand that the concentration of the antisera or antibodies used in a particular assay will depend on a number of different factors, such as the source of the antisera, the type of antibody in the antisera, the affinity of the antibodies in the antiserum, the concentration of non-antibody components of the antisera, the sample volume, and the source and concentration of the other components being used in an assay. Further, the concentration of the antisera to be used in an assay can be in some cases based on the known value of the lowest dilution of the antisera at which the antibodies in the antisera can block hemagglutination from occurring in a conventional HAI assay. Higher and lower concentrations of antisera may be used as starting points in an assay provided herein based on this dilution. For example, if a 1 : 128 dilution is the lowest dilution of the antisera at which hemagglutination can be blocked in a conventional HAI assay, in embodiments, dilutions of 1 : 64, 1 : 128, 1 :512, 1 : 1024, 1 :2048, 1 :4096 and 1 :8192 may be used with methods provided herein. The skilled artisan will understand that any dilution of antisera may be used, or any series of dilutions, whether based on a factor of 2, or some other number. In one aspect, the concentration of the antibody in the final mixture of an assay may be about, for example, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10, 20, 30, 40, or 50 nM. In another aspect, the concentration of the antibody in the final mixture of an assay may be about, for example, 2 ng/niL, 5 ng/mL, 10 ng/niL, 20 ng/mL, 50 ng/niL, 100 ng/niL, 200 ng/niL, 500 ng/mL , 2 μg/mL, 4 μg/mL, 6 μg/mL, 8 μg/mL, 10 μg/mL, or 20 μg/mL. In such aspects, the dissociation constant of the antibodies in the antisera for a viral epitope (KD) may be about 0.01 , 0.05, 0.1 , 0.5, 1 , 5, 10, 20, 30, 40 or 50 nM. In one aspect, the concentration of a virus in the final assay mixture may be about 5, 10, 15, or 20 hemagglutination units/mL.
Hemagglutination units (HA units) are the lowest dilution of the virus at which hemagglutination occurs in a conventional HA assay
[00151] Methods of the disclosure provide improvements for detection and/or measurement of antibodies in a sample, and in some embodiments, the total amount of time of carrying out the method is about or less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 75, 60, 45, 40, 30, 25, 50, 15, 10, or 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is between about 30 to 60 minutes.
[00152] In embodiments, in HAI assays to determine the quantity of an antibody of interest in a sample, a known amount of viral or other agglutinating particle and/or a known amount of visualization particle is used with a sample containing an unknown quantity of the antibody of interest. The antibody of interest may specifically bind to the viral or other agglutinating particle of the known quantity. In embodiments, measurement of the effect of a sample containing an antibody of interest on the ability of the known quantity of viral or other agglutinating particle to agglutinate visualization particles may permit the determination of the amount of the antibody of interest in the sample. Binding of the antibody of interest to the viral or other agglutinating particle may inhibit the particle from causing agglutination of visualization particles. In these assays, the presence of antibodies in a sample against a viral or other agglutinating particle may reduce or eliminate the agglutinating activity of the particle.
D2. Viral particle analytes
[00153] In another aspect, provided herein are methods for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample.
[00154] Many viruses attach to molecules present on the surface of RBCs. A consequence of this is that at certain concentrations, viral suspensions may agglutinate RBCs by binding to surface receptors or modifications of receptors, including N-acetylneuraminic acid. Multiple attachment of a plurality of RBCs to a single virus particle or bacterium results in agglutination of RBCs (hemagglutination). Viruses that promote agglutination in this way are referred to as agglutinating viruses. In some embodiments, methods of the disclosure are used to detect or measure agglutinating viruses. In other embodiments, methods of the disclosure are used to detect or measure antibodies to agglutinating viruses. [00155] Agglutinating viruses include viruses of many different types, including, but not limited to, picornavirus, coronavirus, togavirus, flavirvirus, rhabdovirus, paramyxovirus,
orthomyxovirus, bunyavirus, arenavirus, reovirus, retrovirus, papilomavirus, parvovirus, herpesvirus, poxvirus, hepadnavirus, and spongiform virus. Other agglutinating viruses may include influenza, herpes simplex virus 1 and 2, measles, dengue, smallpox, polio, HIV, H1N1 Solomon Islands, H3N2 Wisconsin virus, avian H5N1 Vietnam virus, hepatitis B virus (HBV), hepatitis C virus (HCV), and any strain of influenza virus.
[00156] Further agglutinating viruses include viruses of nonhuman primates, non-limiting examples of which are Aotine herpesvirus 1, Aotine herpesvirus 3, Cercopithecme herpesvirus 1 (B virus, HV simiae), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 2 (SA8), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 3 (SA6), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 4 (SA15), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 5 (African green monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 6 (Liverpool vervet monkey virus),
Cercopithecme herpesvirus 7 (Patas monkey HV; MMV or PHV delta HV), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 8 (Rhesus monkey cytomegalovirus), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 9 (Medical Lake macaque LV simian varicella HV) , Cercopithecme herpesvirus 10 (Rhesus leukocyte assoc. LV strain IT), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 12 (LVpapio, baboon HV), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 13 (Herpesvirus cyclopis), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 14 (African green monkey EBVlike virus), Cercopithecme herpesvirus 15 (Rhesus EBV-like HV), Ateline herpesvirus 1 ( Spider monkey HV), Ateline herpesvirus 2 (HV ateles), Callitrichine herpesvirus (HV saguinus), Callitrichine herpesvirus (SSG, marmoset cytomegalovirus), Cebine herpesvirus 1 (Capuchin HV), Cebine herpesvirus 2 (Capuchin HV), Pongine herpesvirus 1 (Chimpanzee HV;pan HV), Pongine herpesvirus 2 (Orangutan HV), Pongine herpesvirus 3 (Gorilla HV), Saimiriine herpesvirus 1 (Marmoset HV, herpes T, HV), tamarinus, HV platyrrhinae, ( type Saimiriine herpesvirus 2) Squirrel monkey HV, and HV saimiri.
[00157] Agglutinating viruses may also refer to viruses of mammals including, but not limited to: Bovine herpesvirus 1-5, Ovine herpesvirus 1-2, Alcelaphine herpesvirus 1, Parvovirus (including mice minute virus, Aleutian mink disease, bovine parvovirus, canine parvovirus, chicken parvovirus, feline panleukopenia, feline parvovirus, goose parvovirus, HB parvovirus, H-l parvovirus, Kilham rat lapine parvovirus, mink enteritis) Erythrovirus (including adeno- associated type 1-5, bovine adeno-associated, canine adeno-associated, equine adeno-associated, ovine adeno-associated).
[00158] Further non- limiting examples of agglutinating viruses may include: Cauliflower mosaic, Badnaviruses, Gemini viruses, Plant Retroviruses, Cryptoviruses, Rhabdoviridae, Tomato Spotted mosaic, Tenuiviruses, Potato Virus, Potyviridae, Closteroviruses, Turnip Yellow mosaic, Tomato Bushy mosaic, Luteoviruses, Sequiviridae, Tobacco mosaic, Cowpea mosiac, Pean Enation mosaic, Red Clover vein mosaic, Brome mosaic, Cucumber mosaic, Alfalfa mosaic, Barley yellow mosaic, Beet Necrotic yellow vein, and dsRNA viruses.
[00159] Viruses from the following families are also included for use in methods of the disclosure: Baculoviridae and Nudiviruses, Polydnaviridae, Ascoviridae, Nodaviridae
Tetraviridae, Tetraviridae, Tombusviridae, Coronaviridae, Flaviviridae, Togaviridae,
Bromoviridae, Barnaviridae, Totiviridae, Partitiviridae, Hypoviridae, Paramyxoviridae,
Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyavinrdae, Arenaviridae, Leviviridae, Picomaviridae, Sequiviridae, Comoviridae, Potyviridae, Calciviridae, Astroviridae, Nodaviridae, Inoviridae, Microviridae, Geminiviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Haepadnaviridae,
Retroviridae, Cystoviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae, Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Tectiviridae, Corticoviridae, Plasmaviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Fuselloviridae, Poxviridae, African swine fever-like viruses, Iridoviridae, Phycodnaviridae, Baculoviridae, Herpesviridae,
Adenoviridae, Papovaviridae, Polydnaviridae, Picomaviridae, Caliciviridae, Astroviridae, Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, Coronaviridae, Arterivirus, Paramyxoviridae, Rhabdoviridae, Filoviridae, Orthomyxoviridae, Bunyaviridae, Arenaviridae, Reoviridae, Birnaviridae,
Retroviridae, Hepadnaviridae, Circoviridae, Parvoviridae, Papovaviridae, Adenoviridae, Herpesviridae, Poxviridae, and Iridoviridae.
[00160] The skilled artisan will understand that the concentration of virus used in a particular assay will depend on a number of different factors, such as the identity of the virus, sample volume, and the source and concentration of the other components being used in an assay.
Further, the concentration of the virus to be used in an assay will generally be based on the known value of the lowest dilution of the vims at which hemagglutination occurs in a conventional HA assay. This dilution is considered to be 1 hemagglutination unit ("HA unit" or "HAU"). Higher and lower concentrations of vims, based on 1 HAU, may be used as starting points in an assay. For example, if a 1 : 128 dilution is the lowest dilution of the vims at which hemagglutination occurs in a conventional HA assay, in embodiments, dilutions of 1 :64, 1 : 128, 1 :256, 1 :512, 1 :1024, 1 :2048, 1 :4096 and 1 :8192 may be used with methods provided herein. The skilled artisan will understand that any dilution of vims may be used, or any series of dilutions, whether based on a factor of 2, or some other number.
D3. Bacterial analytes
[00161] In some embodiments, methods of the disclosure can be used to detect bacteria, which may have the ability to bind cell-surface molecules in RBCs or visualization particles and induce aggregation/ agglutination. D4. Agglutinating particle analytes
[00162] In some embodiments, methods of the disclosure can be used to detect any particle that can bind to and cause aggregation of cells or microspheres. Such particles are referred to herein as "agglutinating particles". Agglutinating particles may include, without limitation, viruses, bacteria, viral particles, allergens, and antibodies. In other examples, agglutinating particles include proteins and carbohydrates that have binding specificity the surface of RBCs or other cells (e.g. lectins). Furthermore, in the context of microspheres (which, as discussed below, may be prepared to have a wide variety of molecules on their surface), any molecule that may bind to a molecule on the surface of a microsphere can function as an agglutinating particle.
E. Erythrocytes
[00163] In one aspect, the disclosure provides methods for detecting and measuring agglutination of red blood cells ("RBCs"), a term used interchangeably with "erythrocytes."
[00164] Erythrocytes are oxygen-delivering cells that contain hemoglobin, an iron-containing biomolecule that can bind oxygen and is responsible for blood's red color. Erythrocytes from various organisms may be used in the methods disclosed herein, as long as the cells have the potential to agglutinate in the presence of an agglutinating particle such as a virus. Suitable erythrocytes include, without limitation, avian erythrocytes, such as goose, chicken, duck, and turkey red blood cells, and mammalian erythrocytes, such as human erythrocytes, guinea pig erythrocytes, mouse erythrocytes, rat erythrocytes, bovine erythrocytes, equine erythrocytes, goat erythrocytes and sheep erythrocytes. Human erythrocytes may be from a donor of any blood group, such as group A erythrocytes, group B erythrocytes, group AB erythrocytes, and group O erythrocytes.
[00165] In some embodiments, erythrocytes may be assayed for agglutination, and the concentration of the erythrocytes can be selected such that they are present at a concentration of below about 0.01% hematocrit, below about 0.05% hematocrit, below about 0.1 % hematocrit, below about 0.15% hematocrit, below about 0.2% hematocrit, below about 0.5% hematocrit, below about 1% hematocrit, below about 5% hematocrit, below about 10%> hematocrit, below about 15% hematocrit, below about 20% hematocrit, below about 30% hematocrit, below about 40% hematocrit, or below about 50% hematocrit.
[00166] The hematocrit (Ht or HCT) or packed cell volume (PCV) or erythrocyte volume fraction (EVF) is the percentage of blood volume that is occupied by red blood cells.
El . Fixation of erythrocytes
[00167] In some embodiments, erythrocytes that are assayed using the methods provided herein are pre-treated. [00168] The red blood cell reagent used in the traditional hemagglutination methods must be freshly prepared using an elaborate wash procedure. The traditional procedure is labor intensive, inconvenient, and time consuming. In contrast, in some embodiments, methods provided herein use single stable fixed red cell preparation, so no reagent preparation is required at the time of performing the assay.
[00169] Pre-treatment can include pre-fixation of erythrocytes to produce pre-fixed erythrocytes. Pre-fixation of erythrocytes may provide numerous advantages, including reduction of assay time due to elimination of the need to freshly prepare erythrocytes from blood samples, and reproducibility of agglutination assays due to use of uniform pre-fixed erythrocyte samples. Methods of fixing erythrocytes are known in the art and include those described in U.S. Patent No. 5,994,139.
[00170] In some embodiments, erythrocytes are pre-fixed by treatment with an organic aldehyde including monoaldehydes such as formaldehyde, aldehydes such as glutaraldehyde, and polymeric forms such as paraformaldehyde which are in equilibrium with formaldehyde. In some embodiments, erythrocytes are pre-fixed by treatment with glutaraldehyde. The fixed cells are essentially indefinitely stable (in contrast to fresh red cells which have to be prepared daily and will vary from day to day). Fixation does not inactivate the cell surface receptors to which the viral hemagglutinin binds.
[00171] In some embodiments, animal red blood cells are produced from freshly washed animal RBCs by brief exposure to a glutaraldehye -buffer solution and exhaustive washing in saline. This treatment largely preserves the native antigenicity of the erythrocytes while rendering the cells generally resistant to lysis by osmotic shock, freeze-thawing or immune hemolysis. These reagents may be used directly in hemagglutination procedures, or may be coupled with various proteins for hemagglutination testing. The glutaraldehyde stabilized RBCs are generally stored as cell suspension in saline with 0.1% sodium azide.
[00172] Red blood cells stabilized by glutaraldehyde fixation are available from commercial sources, such as Fitzgerald Industries (Acton, MA), which provide glutaraldehyde stabilized animal red blood cells from bovine, cat, chicken, dog, goat, guinea pig, hamster, horse, monkey, mouse, pig, rat, sheep, turkey, and rabbit, all of which can be used in the methods provided herein.
[00173] In some embodiments, the erythrocytes are turkey red cell stabilized by glutaraldehyde fixation. In some embodiments, fresh red cells and cells from different animal species can also be used. F. Other type of cells
[00174] In some embodiments, cells other than red blood cells can be used for the methods provided herein, as long as these cell agglutinate in the presence of a viral particle, antibody, or other agglutinating particle.
G. Microspheres
[00175] In some embodiments, methods of the disclosure are used to measure aggregation of any non-cell molecule or particle, provided the aggregates are large enough to be detected
microscopically. Such particles are referred to herein as "microspheres". Thus, in the assays provided herein, RBCs can be replaced with microspheres, the surface of which are coupled with an antigen or antibody that binds selectively to the viral particle, antibody, or other agglutinating particle or substance to be detected.
[00176] Examples of suitable microspheres include latex microspheres and other microspheres that can be readily bound to viral particles, antibodies, proteins, carbohydrates, or antigens, and agglutinated. In one embodiment, the microspheres are beads. In some embodiments, microspheres contain latex, gold, glass, or silica. In one embodiment, the microspheres are latex microspheres coated with a receptor that binds to a viral particle. In an embodiment,
microspheres are coated with hemagglutinin protein, or a blood group antigen (e.g. antigen A, B, D, etc.).
[00177] In some embodiments, methods of the disclosure employ antigen-coated microspheres for agglutination tests. The name notwithstanding, microspheres may be of any shape, including, without limitation, spherical, cuboid, cylindrical, and irregular. They may comprise any material suitable for attaching antigen and use in agglutination assays.
[00178] Antigen can be coupled to a microsphere. Methods of attachment of antigens to microsphere beads are known in the art. Coupling may be to the surface of the microsphere or to an internal surface that is accessible from the outside surface. Antigens can be coupled to beads such as those provided by Luminex Corporation (Austin, TX) by a two-step carbodiimide process according to the manufacturer's recommendations. In some embodiments, the antigen may be adsorbed or covalently attached to the microsphere.
[00179] In some embodiments, a plurality of antigens can be used, each coupled to separate or the same microspheres. Antigens used for coupling to microspheres include antigenic portions of viruses that can be recognized by antibodies or agglutinating particles using methods provided herein. Antigenic portions of viruses include, but are not limited to, viral membrane proteins and nonstructural proteins. In some embodiments, a mixture of microspheres, each coupled to a different antigen or antibody can be used. H. Nonspecific proteins and other molecules
[00180] In some embodiments, a nonspecific protein is added to an agglutination assay to accelerate the agglutination reaction. Addition of a nonspecific protein can accelerate the reaction by about 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 6-fold, 7-fold, 8-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, or by more than 30-fold. Suitable nonspecific proteins include albumins including, but not limited to, albumins from various animals, such as bovine, horse, sheep, goat, chicken and human. Other non-limiting examples of albumins include bovine serum albumin, human serum albumin, chicken egg albumin, bovine lactalbumin and human lactalbumin.
[00181] In addition, other macromolecular species may also be used to accelerate the
agglutination, such as synthetic polymers (e.g. polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyethyleneoixde (PEO)), sugar polymers (e.g. dextran), dextran sulfate, di-ethylaminoethyl-dextran (DEAE- dextran) and polyvinyl pyolidone.
[00182] The amount of nonspecific additive to be added to the assay can vary, and generally is about any amount between 0.1-50 mg/ml. In certain methods, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 mg/ml of nonspecific additive is added to the assay. In some embodiments, no more than 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 mg/ml of nonspecific additive is added to the assay.
[00183] The nonspecific additive can be added to the diluent buffer or other buffer/reagent used in the assays.
I. Certain advantages of provided agglutination assays
[00184] The compositions, methods, systems, and devices described herein provide multiple different advantages for agglutination assays over conventional agglutination assays.
II . Increased Sensitivity
[00185] In embodiments, methods provided herein may have increased sensitivity for detecting agglutination over conventional agglutination assays.
Ha. Increased Sensitivity - Image Analysis
[00186] In one embodiment, agglutination assay sensitivity may be increased by the use of image analysis to analyze agglutination reactions (discussed further below). The use of image analysis may increase assay sensitivity over conventional agglutination assays by about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, or 100-fold.
lib. Increased Sensitivity - Concentration / Dilution Steps
[00187] In another embodiment, agglutination assay sensitivity may be increased by
concentrating a reaction mixture containing agglutinating particles (e.g. viral particles) and visualization particle (e.g. RBCs or microspheres), followed by dilution of the concentrated material and subsequent analysis of agglutination. In this method, the agglutinating particles and visualization particles are brought into close proximity in the concentration step to facilitate binding of the agglutinating particles to the visualization particles. Then, in the step of diluting the concentrated material, only specifically aggregated visualization particles remain
agglutinated (i.e. visualization particles that are non-specifically aggregated during the concentration step do not remain aggregated during the dilution step). Using this method, less agglutinating particle may be used in the assay to produce detectable agglutination.
Correspondingly, in HAI assays, less antibody in the sample will be needed to cause
agglutination inhibition. Thus, since less agglutinating particle and/or less antibody is needed to cause agglutination or agglutination inhibition, this method may increase the sensitivity of agglutination assays.
[00188] In one embodiment, agglutination assay sensitivity may be increased by performing an agglutination assay with a method including the following steps. First, a biological sample suspected of containing an antibody of interest is mixed with an agglutinating particle and visualization particles and incubated. In some aspects, the biological sample may be incubated with the agglutinating particle before the addition of the visualization particles. Second, the reaction containing of the agglutinating particles, visualization particles, and sample suspected of containing an antibody of interest is centrifuged to generate a pellet. Typically, centrifugation with this method is gentle (hundreds to low thousands x g for a few minutes) so as not to generate complexes that would be difficult to resuspend. Third, the supernatant is removed, and the pellet is washed one or two times with a buffer that would not interfere with the agglutinated particles or visualization particles. Fourth, the washed pellet is resuspended in buffer. Fifth, the resuspended reaction mixture is analyzed for agglutination.
[00189] In another embodiment, in an agglutination assay using antibodies as the agglutinating particles, sensitivity of the assay may be further increased by adding to a washed agglutination reaction an antibody against the type of antibody of interest. In one embodiment, in an agglutination reaction containing the concentration / dilution steps described above, if the antibody of interest is human, when the washed pellet is resuspended, anti-human globulin (Coombs reagent) is also added to the resuspended pellet. After incubation of the resuspended pellet with the anti-human globulin, the resuspended reaction is analyzed for agglutination. In this method, the anti-human globulin binds to the antibody of interest, which may be bound to the visualization particle. Since the anti-human globulin may bring together multiple antibodies of the antibodies of interest, and each of these antibodies may be bound to one or more visualization particles, the addition of the anti-human globulin may increase the agglutination assay sensitivity. The specificity of this method may be further increased by using anti-human
IgM, IgG, or IgA, rather than anti-human globulin, in order to identify particular antibody types . 12. Increased Speed
[00190] In one aspect, the assays provided herein may provide advantages in terms of speed. Traditional agglutination assays call for a pre -treatment step with incubation of at least 12-18 hours. In some methods of the disclosure, the pre-treatment step is performed in less than 15 minutes, less than half an hour, less than one hour, or less than two hours. Furthermore, methods of the disclosure eliminate the need for fresh preparation of erythrocytes, a process that can take 4 hours using traditional procedures. In traditional HAI assay methods, incubation of a sample which may contain antibodies of interest with viral antigen and erythrocytes are performed as two separate steps, but in some embodiments disclosed herein, viral antigen and erythrocytes are added together to a sample which may contain antibodies of interest in a single step. In embodiments, a HA assay or HAI assay of the disclosure is carried out in less than one hour, less than 1.5 hours, less than 2 hours, less than 2.5 hours, or less than 3 hours.
[00191] Methods of the disclosure provide improvements for detection and/or measurement of viruses in a sample, and in some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 75, 60, 45, 30, 15, 10, or less than 5 minutes. In some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is between 30 to 60 minutes.
I2a. Increased Speed - Image Analysis
[00192] In one embodiment, agglutination assay speed may be increased by the use of image analysis to analyze agglutination reactions (discussed further below).
I2b. Increased Speed - Reagents and Assay Steps
[00193] In other embodiments, agglutination assay speed may be increased by the use of improved reagents and/or assay steps to accelerate the performance and/or analysis of agglutination reactions. For example, as described elsewhere herein, improvements in any one or more of sample pre-treatment (e.g. by the use of neuraminidase), use of pre-fixed RBCs or microspheres, use of combined assay steps (e.g. by the mixing of agglutinating particle, visualization particle, and antibody-containing sample in a single incubation step, rather than first incubating the agglutinating particle and antibody-containing sample before addition of the visualization particle), and improvement in assay medium composition may reduce the time necessary to obtain accurate agglutination assay results. 13. Decreased Volume
[00194] In one aspect, methods provided herein may provide advantages in terms of reaction volume. In some embodiments, agglutination assay methods provided herein may be performed in a reaction volume of about 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 microliters, or less. In some embodiments, agglutination assays provided herein may be performed using about 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0.8 , 0.6, 0.4, 0.2, 0.1 microliters, or less of blood sample. J. General - Agglutination Assays
[00195] Detection of agglutination generally involves taking images of the agglutination reaction product using an imaging device, such as a scanner, a camera, detector, or sensor. In some embodiments, an imaging device is coupled to a microscope.
[00196] In general, the assay is carried using a device that is capable of holding the reactions, such as a microtiter plate (e.g., 96 well, or other format), a test tube, a microfuge tube, a capillary tube, pipette tip or other vessel. A pre-treated biological sample containing the antibody to be detected is optionally serially diluted with a diluent buffer (e.g. PBS with BSA). Next, viral particles may be added to a vessel and the content of the each vessel may be gently mixed. Then, pre-fixed RBCs suspension may be added, followed by gently mixing. The reaction is incubated for a suitable period of time, for example, a total of about 15 minutes. However, a total incubation shorter or longer than 15 minutes may also be used, such as about 5, 10, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 50, 60 minutes, or shorter or longer. The incubation may be carried at room temperature (i.e., 25 °C), or at a temperature that is lower or higher than room temperature, such as about 4, 8, 12, 14, 16, 20, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, or 70°C. The temperature and duration of incubation can be optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assays. The plate is then read on a scanner and a final end-point image is taken of the plate, preferably when the plate is tilted at 20 - 75°, such as at about 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, or 75° relative to horizontal.
[00197] In some embodiments, the image of the agglutination assay is captured with an optical device containing a microscope. In these embodiments, the assay is generally carried out as described above, except after the pre-fixed RBCs or visualization particles are added to the reaction, a small sample (e.g. 1-2μΙ.) from the wells is transferred directly into a cuvette, and imaged under an optical device containing a microscope. Images are collected and analyzed to calculate association factors as described in more detail herein.
[00198] The duration for performing the agglutination assay is generally optimized to achieve both speed and accuracy of the assay. In some embodiments, performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in less than one hour, such as about 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, or 60 minutes. In some embodiments, performing the assay and detecting agglutination takes place in more than one hour, but less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8 hours.
[00199] In some embodiments, an agglutination assay may be performed on a system or device wherein one or more steps of the agglutination assay are automated and/or controlled via a cloud computing infrastructure. For example, agglutination assays as described herein may be performed on a system or device as described in U.S. Application No. 13/244,947 or U.S.
Application No. 13/355,458, which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[00200] In one embodiment, a device includes a component capable of adding an agglutinating particle to a sample under a condition suitable for agglutination (and thereby initiating an agglutination assay); a component capable of obtaining a set of images of the agglutination assay; and a component capable of analyzing the set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample. The component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be part of the same apparatus within the device as the component that is configured to obtain more than one image of the agglutination assay. The component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be embedded within the device. The component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be configured to perform multiple types of analysis and/or it may be used for multiple applications within the device. A component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure agglutination of the sample may be located remotely from the device. A component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be located in a cloud computing infrastructure (e.g. cloud computing). A component capable of analyzing a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be located in the cloud, and the device may be configured to be dynamically controlled from the cloud. In some embodiments, the device is configured to affect a secondary procedure based on the results of an agglutination assay analysis. In some embodiments, a device capable of performing an agglutination assay as described herein may be configured as a device described in, for example, U.S. Serial No.
13/244,947, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[00201] In one embodiment, a system disclosed herein may include a device capable of adding an agglutinating particle to a sample under a condition suitable for agglutination, thereby initiating an agglutination assay; a camera capable of obtaining a set of images of an
agglutination assay; and a computer capable of analyzing the set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample. The computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be part of the same apparatus within the system as the camera that is configured to obtain a set of more than one image of the agglutination assay. The computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure agglutination of the sample may be embedded within the system. The computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be configured to perform multiple types of analysis and/or it can be used for multiple applications within the system. The computer configured to analyze a set of images to measure the agglutination of the sample may be located remotely from a camera configured to obtain a set of more than one image of the agglutination assay. The computer configured to analyze a set of images of an agglutination assay may be located in the cloud. The computer configured to analyze a set of images of an agglutination assay may be located in the cloud, and the system may be configured to be dynamically controlled from the cloud. The system may be configured to affect a secondary procedure based on the results of an
agglutination assay analysis. In some embodiments, a system capable of performing an agglutination assay as described herein may be configured as a system described in, for example, U.S. Serial No. 13/244,947, which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
III. Detection and Image Analysis
[00202] In one aspect, the present disclosure provides for advantageous objective methods of analyzing aggregation, agglutination, or hemagglutination based on image analysis.
[00203] In a traditional agglutination assay in a conical tube or well (as in a titer plate), agglutination is determined by visual observation of either the reduced mobility of RBCs at the bottom of a well (in the case of agglutination), or by the limited flow of packed RBCs under gravity when the titer plate is tilted (in the case of lack of agglutination). The reduced mobility of RBCs in the case of agglutination is due to attractive forces between RBCs and an
agglutinating particle.
[00204] To read agglutination reactions, several optical (visual) methods have been used.
However, these existing methods detect binding of RBCs to each other by observing a bulk material property of the suspension by simple visual inspection.
[00205] In one aspect, provided herein are methods of analyzing agglutination based on image analysis. In one embodiment, image analysis methods are used to analyze the bulk movement of RBCs or visualization particles in an agglutination assay in a conical well or tube. In another embodiment, image analysis methods are used to analyze microscopic images of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an agglutination assay, in order to interrogate the fine structure of the RBC or visualization particle suspension.
A. Image Analysis of Bulk Movement of RBCs / Visualization Particles
[00206] In one aspect, provided herein are methods for image analysis of bulk movement of RBCs and visualization particles. As described above and in Figure 3, in a conical (V-shaped) reaction vessel (e.g. tube or reaction well), unagglutinated cells generally settle in a loosely packed "button" at the bottom of the vessel, whereas agglutinated cells generally adhere more tightly to other cells. Accordingly, if a conical reaction vessel containing agglutinated cells is tilted, the cells will generally not leave the bottom of the vessel, as the cells are relatively tightly adhered to each other. In contrast, if a reaction vessel containing unagglutinated cells is tilted, some cells will generally move away from the bottom of the well under gravity, leading to the formation of a cell pellet which includes "teardrop" shape. Multiple methods for image analysis of agglutination assays related to the above events are provided herein.
Al . Bulk Movement - Image Analysis at Designated Locations in Reaction Vessels
[00207] In one embodiment, a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using designated locations in a reaction vessel (e.g. reaction tube or well). Figure 6 shows schematic diagrams relating to the method. In this method, zones 610 are included in and/or next to the bottom of a reaction vessel 600. The bottom of the reaction vessel 600 may contain a pellet of cells 605. Images of the reaction vessel may be taken before, during, and /or after tilting of the reaction vessel. The position of the cells may be determined with reference to the designated zones in the reaction vessel, which may be used to determine the level of
agglutination of the sample and/or to perform related calculations. In some situations, a
"teardrop" of cells 615 may form upon tilting of the reaction vessel. Cells that are not agglutinated may form a teardrop shape, whereas cells that are agglutinated may not form a teardrop shape. Cells that are agglutinated may remain in a pelleted or "button" shape. In some situations, an assay may result in partial agglutination of the cells. The zones 610 may have outlines which encompass the regions containing button cells and / or teardrop cells and some of the background (FIG. 6A), or the zones may have smaller outlines that only occupy regions that may contain button or teardrop cells (FIG. 6B).
[00208] In an embodiment, image analysis of agglutination reactions using designated zones in a reaction vessel may include one or more of the following steps:
[00209] First, a digital image of a well containing a reaction mixture is taken.
[00210] Second, the image is oriented using pattern recognition techniques either by reference to fiducial marks on the assay wells or by recognition of the button or teardrop.
[00211] Third, the image is oriented relative to zones in the reaction vessel. Optical signal may be measured pixel by-pixel over each zone. The measured signal may be, for example, using white light illumination: a) % transmitted light (T) (grey scale when the image is obtained by back lighting), or b) % reflected light (R) (grey scale when the image is front lighting). Percent transmitted light may be determined by taking a ratio of light transmission when cells are present to that when no cells are present in the light path; percent reflectance may be determined in an analogous fashion. Each of the %T and % R measurements involves an illumination source and a detector. In the case of transmittance, the sample may be placed in an optically clear vessel in line and in between the illumination source and detector. If the light coming out of the illumination source has an intensity Io, and the light reaching the detector (after passing through the sample) has an intensity I, the transmittance may be calculated using T = I/Io.
[00212] Fourth, transmission (% T ) or reflectance (% R ) may be converted to absorbance (A), according to the formula: (A = -LOG[%T]) (Beer's law) or K/S (where K = Absorbance and S is scattering) (Kubelka-Munk function) respectively. Beer's law is the relation between measured absorbance and analyte concentration.
[00213] A and K S are directly related to the concentration of light absorbing species as follows: A = concentration*sM*l*C (where εΜ is the molar extinction coefficient, 1 is path length of the sample, and C is the concentration of the of the analyte of interest, which is the absorbing species); K/S = (1- (0.01R) )/(2*0.01R)) respectively. For scattering, the illumination source is at approximately a 90-degree angle relative to the detector. The scattering intensity is the intensity of light (from the illumination source) scattered by the sample (collected by the detector).
[00214] As shown in Figure 7, when signal intensity (% T or % R) is plotted against zone number (of the schematics of Figure 6 A), a relationship indicating response versus extent of aggregation (arbitrary scale) is obtained.
[00215] While the equations above apply to a single wavelength, if white light is used, the A or K/S values will represent averages over a range of wavelengths. These still provide acceptable results for agglutination analysis.
[00216] In some embodiments, using Absorbance or K/S as the measured signal, signal greater than background may be averaged within each zone. Also, if Absorbance or K/S is greater than an arbitrary threshold, the signal may be set to one or zero if it is less than the cut-off for analysis.
A2. Bulk Movement - Image Analysis Using Scanning
[00217] In one embodiment, a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using scanning of the packed cells. The packed cells may include a button and/or teardrop region. Fig. 8 shows a schematic diagram relating to the method. In this method, an
agglutination reaction is performed in a conical vessel, and the reaction vessel is then tilted. Next, a scan zone along the long axis of the button and/or or teardrop may be established. The axis for analysis may be shorter or longer than the button, teardrop, or combination thereof. Positions along the axis may be assigned, such as Position 0 being the start of the axis, being outside of the button, and Position 20 being the end of the axis, being outside the teardrop. The number of positions may be selected arbitrarily, based on the best combination of speed and accuracy. The length of the axis may be interrogated for an optical signal, such as % T or % R.
The signals may be plotted against positions along the axis. Fig. 9 shows a representative graph of optical signal intensity vs. position for multiple types of samples (agglutinated (triangles), partially agglutinated (squares), and unagglutinated (diamonds)), along an axis as shown in Fig.
8. The optical signals along the length of the button and/or teardrop may be used to determine the level of agglutination in the sample and/or to perform related calculations.
[00218] In one embodiment, image analysis of agglutination reactions using scanning of the button and/or teardrop may include one or more of the following steps:
[00219] First, a digital image of a well containing a reaction mixture is taken.
[00220] Second, the image is oriented using pattern recognition techniques either by reference to fiducial marks on the assay wells or by recognition of the button or teardrop.
[00221] Third, a scan zone along the long axis of the teardrop and/or button is interrogated for %
T or % R.
[00222] Fourth, optical signal (as defined above under "Bulk Movement - Image Analysis at Designated Locations in Reaction Vessels") is measured pixel-by-pixel along the axis.
[00223] Fifth, signal greater than background may be averaged over several pixels down and at right angles to the axis.
[00224] Sixth, signal is plotted against positions along the axis.
A3. Bulk Movement - Image Analysis of Area or Perimeter
[00225] In one embodiment, a method is provided for image analysis of agglutination reactions using determination of the area and/or perimeter of the packed cells of an agglutination reaction. Packed cells may include a button and/or teardrop region. In some embodiments, the area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop regions of packed cells may be determined. Fig. 10 shows a schematic diagram relating to the method. In this method, an agglutination reaction is performed in a conical vessel, and the reaction vessel is then tilted. Next, an image may be obtained of the entire tilted sample 1000. Optical signal may then be measured over the image. Then, pattern recognition methods may be used to identify the button and/or the teardrop region (if any) of a sample. In Fig. 10, the sample has a button area 1005 (area A) and a teardrop area 1010 (area B). The area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop may then be measured. This information may be used to determine the level of agglutination in the sample and/or to perform related calculations.
[00226] In one embodiment, image analysis of agglutination reactions using analysis of the area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop may include one or more of the following steps:
[00227] First, a digital image of a well containing a reaction mixture is taken. [00228] Second, the image is oriented using pattern recognition techniques either by reference to fiducial marks on the assay wells or by recognition of the button or teardrop.
[00229] Third, the image is oriented relative to zones as described above under "Bulk Movement - Image Analysis at Designated Locations in Reaction Vessels"
[00230] Fourth, optical signal (as defined above under "Bulk Movement - Image Analysis at Designated Locations in Reaction Vessels") is measured pixel-by-pixel over the entire image.
[00231] Fifth, pattern recognition methods are used to identify areas which correspond to the button, and, when present, the teardrop. These areas will have significantly greater absorbance than the background. The area and/or perimeter of the button and/or teardrop are measured. In some embodiments, for each known tube location the segmentation of the image can be initiated in the center of the tube. The dark area formed by red cells or visualization particles can be segmented by region growing methods or adaptive thresholding, generating a binary image containing a region corresponding to cell presence. The shape of the segmented area can be analyzed using the eigenvalues of the distribution, or alternatively by fitting a parametric shape such as an ellipse, or by calculating other shape parameters such as eccentricity or moments of inertia of the region. Also, the segmented region can be overlaid on the original image patch, and the intensity distribution and other intensity statistics of that region can be calculated.
[00232] Sixth, when the % of total area of each of the button and teardrop regions (area A/(area A+ area B) and area B/(area A+ area B); Fig. 11, line marked by diamonds and line marked by squares, respectively) is plotted against the extent of agglutination, a clear calibrate-able response is obtained. The ratio of areas (B/A) (Fig. 11 , line marked by triangles) may give a more sensitive response to agglutination. Alternatively the total area over threshold may be used as a measure of agglutination. A measure of agglutination may also be obtained by combining shape and intensity information.
A4. General Considerations - Image Analysis of Bulk Movement of RBCs / Visualization Particles
[00233] By using the methods provided herein for analyzing bulk movement of RBCs or visualization particles, an earlier and/or more accurate detection of agglutination and may be achieved compared to visual analysis of the same reactions by human observers.
[00234] In some embodiments, light sources may be used for gathering images of bulk movement for any of the methods provided herein. Front or back lighting may be used. Light sources may be, for example, white light or LED (single color). Detectors can be of any imaging type, for example CCD or CMOS. Images may be taken at a single time or a video image series can be made with images taken at various intervals. In video, images may be taken at any interval, including 15/ second, 10/second, 5/second, 1 /second, 0.5 / second, or 0.1 /second. The methods of analysis described above are for the case where a single image is analyzed at a time. In some aspects, when video record is made of an agglutination assay the various signal parameters may be converted to rates of change over time (dS/dT).
[00235] In any of the methods provided herein, averaging across many pixels may be used to reduce random noise. Pixels may be averaged both in the x and y direction where x is the direction of the gravitational force. In some aspects, rows or columns of at least five adjacent pixels or square or rectangular zones with sides at least five pixels (25 pixels for a square zone) are averaged. In some example images provided herein, there are hundreds of pixels in each dimension, so averaging still provides data with good spatial resolution.
B. Image Analysis of Microscopic Images of RBCs / Visualization Particles
[00236] In one aspect, provided herein are image analysis methods for analyzing microscopic images of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an agglutination assay, in order to interrogate the fine structure of the cells or particles in suspension or the texture of the suspension. Analysis of these images may provide information regarding agglutination of cells or particles in the suspension. In some aspects, these methods may permit detection of agglutination in a reaction sooner than may be detected by analysis of bulk movement of cells or particles. These methods may also be more reliable and adaptable to automation than the traditional methods that rely on visual interpretation.
[00237] In some embodiments, image analysis includes calculating the size of the erythrocyte - agglutinating particle clusters based on the center-to-center distance of individual erythrocytes captured in each of the images. The center-to-center distance of individual erythrocytes can be obtained based on, for example, internal calibration of the image with reference to the size of the red blood cells or visualization particle. In another example, it may be obtained based on absolute calibration of the optical system. Under microscopy, the erythrocytes may appear as bright solid circular spots or bright rings (depending on the illumination scheme). In either case, the center of each erythrocyte can be determined by calculating the centroid of the circle. Once the centroid of each circle is determined, the center-to-center distance may be calculated.
[00238] RBC center information can be used in conjunction with a "cut-off distance to identify cells which are attracted to each other. A "cut-off distance may be applied based on the center- to-center distance between two cells. Alternatively, a "cut-off distance may be applied based on another measureable parameter relating to the distance between two cells (e.g. the distance between the outer boundaries of two cells at their closest points). A "cut-off distance" is typically a distance of one to two cell diameters, although it may vary. In some embodiments, the "cut-off distance is the distance of the cell diameter (e.g. a "cut-off distance may be the diameter of a visualization particle in assays in which the visualization particles become tightly packed next to each other upon agglutination; tightly packed visualization particles may be immediately adjacent to each other such that a first packed particle is in direct contact with a second packed particle, and the distance between the center of the first particle and the second particle is equivalent to the diameter of a visualization particle). In some embodiments, the "cutoff distance is about 0.5 times the diameter of an RBC or less, 1 time the diameter of an RBC or less, 2 times the diameter of an RBC or less, or 2.5 times the diameter of an RBC or less. The cut-off distance can be determined from calibration or by an estimate of the distance over which RBCs experience attraction in an assay.
[00239] In embodiments, a cut-off distance may be determined by calculating a radial distribution function (pair correlation function) for a group of visualization particles in an image. In embodiments, a radial distribution function g(r) quantifies the probability of finding a visualization particle at a distance r from a reference particle. Radial distribution functions are described, for example, in K. Younge et. al, American Journal of Physics, Vol. 72 (9) pp. 1247 (2004), which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. In embodiments, g(r) is calculated as an average over all particles in an image and over multiple images of an assay sample. g(r) vs. distance r may be plotted, for example, as in Figure 19. In embodiments, the cut-off distance is selected as the r value of the highest g(r) peak. In embodiments, the highest g(r) peak may be referred to as the gmax peak. In agglutination assays, typically, the r value of the highest g(r) peak corresponds to the distance between two visualization particles attracted to each other. Thus, distance r (or a value close to distance r) may serve as an effective cut-off distance for identification of visualization particles which are associated. In embodiments, the cut-off distance may be 0.5 μιη or less, 1 μιη or less, 2 μιη or less, 3 μιη or less, 4 μιη or less, 5 μιη or less, 6 μιη or less, 7 μιη or less, 8 μιη or less, 9 μιη or less, 10 μιη or less, 11 μιη or less, 12 μιη or less, 13 μιη or less, 14 μιη or less, 15 μιη or less, 20 μιη or less, 25 μιη or less, 30 μιη or less, 35 μιη or less, 40 μιη or less, or 50 μιη or less.
[00240] Using the cut-off distance and information on cell locations, RBC clusters can be identified. By "clusters" herein is meant a contiguous distribution of two or more cells, which are related to each other based on the determined cut-off distance. While the size of the cluster that may be detected using the assays disclosed herein may vary based on the components used in the assay, including the source of the erythrocytes, and the identity of the antisera and the virus, a cluster of as few as two erythrocytes may be detected using the assays. In particular aspects, clusters of less than about 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 25, 30, 50, 75, or 100 erythrocytes may be detected using the assays provided herein. In embodiments, clusters of visualization particles may be identified by methods involving a pair- wise analysis. Pair- wise analysis methods may examine, for example, whether any given two visualization particles are positioned such that the center-to-center distance between the particles is at or below a selected cut-off distance. If so, the given two visualization particles may be classified as being part of the same cluster. This process may be performed across all visualization particles in an image or a region of an image, and thereby clusters may be identified. For example, if a cluster of two visualization particles is identified, each of visualization particles in the identified cluster may be interrogated to identify whether the visualization particle is vicinity of any other visualization particles within the selected cut-off distance. If so, the other visualization particles may be identified as being part of the same cluster as the first two particles. This process may be repeated until one or more full dimensions of the cluster are determined (e.g. number of visualization particles in the cluster, area of the cluster, etc.). In embodiments, clusters of visualization particles may be identified by methods which involve determining the relationship between three or more visualization particles. For example, in some embodiments, a given visualization particle may be classified as being within a given cluster when the given particle is located within a selected cut-off distance of at least two other visualization particles in the same given cluster. In embodiments, clusters may be identified by simultaneous assessment of the distance between multiple visualization particles in an image, such that clusters are identified in a single step. In other embodiments, clusters may be identified by the sequential assessment of distance between different
visualization particles in an image, such that clusters are identified in a multi-step process.
[00241] In some embodiments, particles in a cluster may be arranged in a random or semi- random orientation, such that the cluster does not have a constant length or width. In other embodiments, particles in a cluster may be arranged an ordered orientation, for example, where the cluster has a constant length and/or width (e.g. clusters may contain particles linked in a chain, where the chains have a width of a single particle and length of anywhere from 2 to 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, or more particles).
[00242] In some embodiments, for a given sample, the number of clusters of two or more particles can be counted, and a histogram of cluster sizes calculated. To calculate a histogram of cluster sizes, multiple images of the same sample may be analyzed for clusters, and the histogram may contain cluster values obtained from or averaged over multiple images (e.g. cluster size values from 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 or more images of the same sample). From the histogram of cluster sizes, a mean cluster size (Smean) can be calculated using
∑< i¾
ί =—■ where Ni is the number of clusters of size i where i is the number of particles in the cluster. [00243] A more convenient way of representing the cluster sizes is by a so-called "Association
Factor", defined as,
Figure imgf000045_0001
where the normalization is done relative to a minimum value, which may correspond to, for example, a control sample. In an assay involving various dilutions of a given sample, the mean cluster size can be plotted against the dilution factor for all samples to obtain a titer.
[00244] Representative plots of cluster size histogram as well as the association factor for an HA assay with a sample containing an agglutinating virus are shown in FIG. 13. The plot in panel A shows the distribution of cluster sizes for five dilutions of the sample and the control. Sample dilution 1 contains the highest concentration of sample; subsequent dilution numbers each contain half the content of sample of the previous dilution. The control reaction does not contain any sample. The association factor for all sample dilutions is shown in FIG. 13 B. It is clearly seen that the sample dilutions with high virus concentrations (corresponding to low sample dilutions, samples 1-2) show high values for the association factor, whereas samples 4, 5, and control (corresponding to high sample dilutions / no sample at all) show diminished values for the association factor. The transition between sample 2 and sample 4 is also quite evident. The inset in FIG. 13 B shows results from a typical microtiter-based HA assay with the same sample dilutions, where the first column (left) shows images from an undisturbed titer plate, and the second column (right) shows images from a titer plate which has been tilted. It can be seen that samples 1-3 show some agglutination, while the other three samples display RBC flow, thereby suggesting non-agglutination. From these images, it would be concluded that the transition from agglutination to non-agglutination would be Sample #3, which is very close to the inflection point in the plot of the association factor. This demonstrates the agreement of results by methods provided herein with existing agglutination methods.
[00245] Thus, image analysis using methods of the disclosure can include calculating the size of the clusters based on the center-to-center distance of erythrocytes in the images, and the presence of a viral particle or an antibody in a sample can be determined based on the association factor derived from said cluster sizes.
[00246] The quantification of the viral particle or antibody concentration may be carried out by performing parallel assays using the biological sample to be tested and viral particle or antibody with known concentration or titer (calibration standards). The results can be plotted as the calibration standard and may provide the calibration curve. [00247] In embodiments, image or light-based analysis of agglutination reactions may include one or more of the following steps. An agglutination assay sample containing visualization particles and agglutinating particles may be provided in a structure through which an image of the assay sample may be obtained, such as an optically clear pipette tip, capillary tube, microscope slide, or other vessel or surface. In some embodiments, a vessel may contain two or more fluidically separate cavities, such that two or more different assay samples may be introduced into the same vessel for analysis. For example, a vessel may be a cuvette containing clear plastic and vertical wells sufficient to support 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 50, 100, or more separate agglutination assays. In embodiments, the assay sample is introduced into a microchannel or other narrow structure in a vessel or surface, such that images may be obtained from a small quantity of assay sample. For example, the assay sample may be introduced into a structure such that images may be obtained from an assay sample of 50 μΐ or less, 40 μΐ or less, 30 μΐ or less, 25 μΐ or less, 20 μΐ or less, 15 μΐ or less, 10 μΐ or less, 9 μΐ or less, 8 μΐ or less, 7 μΐ or less, 6 μΐ or less, 5 μΐ or less, 4 μΐ or less, 3 μΐ or less, 2 μΐ or less, 1 μΐ or less, 0.5 μΐ or less, or 0.1 μΐ or less. The structure supporting the agglutination assay sample may be positioned near a microscope objective, such that visualization particles are brought into focus in the microscope. To position the structure near the microscope objective, the structure may be moved, the microscope objective may be moved, or both the structure and microscope objective may be moved. Similarly, to focus the objective or change the field of view in the objective, the structure may be moved, the microscope objective may be moved, or both the structure and microscope objective may be moved. One or more images of the assay sample may be obtained. In embodiments, images of the assay samples may be obtained with a CCD, CMOS or other image sensor in or in optical communication with a microscope. In embodiments, images of multiple different fields of view of a single sample may be obtained. For example, images of 2 or more, 3 or more, 4 or more, 5 or more, 6 or more, 7 or more, 8 or more, 9 or more, 10 or more, 15 or more, 20 or more, 25 or more, 50 or more, 100 or more, 500 or more, or 1000 or more fields of view of a single assay sample may be obtained. An image may be analyzed to locate the position of visualization particles (e.g. RBCs) in the image. In embodiments, the image is analyzed to determine the position of all of the visualization particles in the image, or in a region of interest of an image. For each identified visualization particle, the center of the visualization particle may also be determined. The image may be analyzed to identify clusters of visualization particles. In embodiments, clusters may be identified using a calculation method which includes a "cut-off distance" value as part of the calculation, where the "cut-off distance" is a value which serves as a delineating point, where, for example, two visualization particles which are separated by a distance below the value of the "cut-off distance" may be considered to be associated with each other and part of the same cluster, and where, for example, two visualization particles which are separated by a distance above the value of the "cut-off distance" may be considered to not be associated with each other and to not necessarily be part of the same cluster. A cut-off distance may be determined or selected based on any method described elsewhere herein. After selection of a cut-off distance, clusters in one or more images of the sample may be identified according methods for cluster identification described elsewhere herein. In embodiments, the number of clusters which contain various numbers of visualization particles may be determined (e.g. in an image, there may be 7 clusters that contain 10
visualization particles each, 3 clusters that contain 15 visualization particles each, etc.). In embodiments, a histogram of cluster sizes in the sample may be determined. In embodiments, a mean cluster size of clusters in the sample may be determined. In further embodiments, a mean cluster size of clusters in a sample may be converted to an Association Factor, as described elsewhere herein. In embodiments, histograms of cluster sizes of different samples, mean cluster sizes of clusters of different samples, or Association Factors of different samples, may be used to determine the agglutination level of different samples. In embodiments, based on the
agglutination level of different dilutions of a sample or the agglutination level of a sample after a given period of time of an agglutination assay, an antibody, viral particle, or other particle of interest in a sample may be determined.
[00248] Methods provided herein may be used to determine the titer of agglutinating particles or particles which inhibit agglutinating particles (e.g. antibodies against agglutinating particles) in a sample. For example, multiple different dilutions of a sample of interest may be prepared, and the different sample dilutions may be assayed for the ability to inhibit or cause agglutination of visualization particles. Based on the combination of the assay information with information relating to the dilution of the sample, the titer of agglutinating particles or particles which inhibit agglutinating particles in the sample may be determined.
[00249] In some embodiments, in methods provided herein in which a radial distribution function g(r) is determined for a sample of interest, the intensity / level of the g(r) value may be used to determine the level of agglutination of a sample. For example, a first sample having a certain relatively high g(r) value at its highest peak (first sample gmax) in a plot of g(r) vs.
distance r may be considered to be agglutinated, while a second sample having a relatively low g(r) value at its highest peak (second sample gmax) in a plot of g(r) vs. distance r may be considered to not be agglutinated. This determination may be based on the concept, for example, that if a larger number of particles are within a certain distance r of each other in a first sample than in a second sample (and thus resulting in a higher g(r) value at the gmax in a plot of g(r) vs. distance r for the first sample than in a plot of g(r) vs. distance r for the second sample), the first sample may contain particles which are more agglutinated than the particles in the second sample.
[00250] In some embodiments, image analysis may include analyzing the texture of RBCs or visualization particles in suspension in an image of an agglutination assay. The texture of particles in suspension may provide information regarding agglutination of the particles in the suspension. Generally, agglutination of visualization particles in a suspension results in the suspension having a clumpier, rougher-textured appearance than a corresponding suspension containing unagglutinated particles. Textures of suspensions may be analyzed in various ways to obtain information relating to the agglutination of particles in the suspension.
[00251] During or after the initiation of an agglutination assay containing particles in suspension, the suspension may be transferred into a vessel or surface through which images of or light from the suspension may be obtained. For example, an agglutination assay may be transferred into a pipette tip, a capillary tube, or a microscope slide. One or more images of the assay may be obtained, through any optical set-up described elsewhere herein. In embodiments, images of an agglutination assay may be obtained with the aid of a microscope. In examples, images may be obtained with a CCD or CMOS image sensor. Image recognition algorithms (e.g. template matching protocols) may identify regions in a field of view or image which contain an agglutination assay material (e.g. the interior of a vessel), and regions in the field of view or image which do not contain assay material (e.g. the walls of a vessel supporting the assay).
[00252] Upon the capture of one or more images of an agglutination assay containing particles in suspension, the image may be subjected to texture analysis of the image or regions thereof. Any suitable method for analyzing the texture of an image may be used with methods provided herein. For example, an image may be subjected to a local binary patterns (LBP) operator, gray- level co-occurrence matrix (GLCM) operator, Gabor features identification, or Tamura's texture features identification. Methods for texture analysis of an image are described, for example, in T. Ojala et. al., Pattern Recognition, vol. 29, pp. 51-59, M. Heikkila et al., Pattern Recognition 42(3):425-436, P. Howarth and S. Ruger, Evaluation of Texture Features for Content-Based Image Retrieval. In: Third International Conference, CIVR 2004, pp. 326-334 (2004), and P. Howarth and S. Ruger, Robust Texture Features for Still-Image Retrieval. Vision, Image, and Signal Processing, IEE Proceedings, vol. 152, issue 6, which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In embodiments, an image analysis method may include MPEG-7 elements such as MPEG-7 descriptors, description schemes, description definition language, or system tools.
[00253] In embodiments, a local binary patterns operator may be used in the analysis of the texture of an image. Typically, a local binary patterns operator involves selecting a region of interest of an image. The region of interest may be the entire image or one or more portions thereof. Optionally, a region of interest may be divided into two or more cells of a selected number of pixels (e.g. 10 x 10, 12 x 12, 16 x 16, 18 x 18, 25 x25, 30 x 50 pixels, etc.) Within a region of interest or cell, some or all of the pixels may each be interrogated for intensity in relation to pixels surrounding the pixel under interrogation. For example, for a given pixel, the intensity of the pixel may be compared to the intensity of each of its closest 8 neighbors (e.g. the given pixel is in the center of a 3-by-3 pixel grid, and the given pixel is compared with each of the remaining pixels in the same 3-by-3 grid). When comparing the intensity of a given pixel to the intensity of the given pixel's neighbors, the given pixel's neighbors may be assessed in an ordered direction, such as clock-wise or counter-clockwise around the given pixel. The comparison between a given pixel and its neighboring pixels may be converted into a binary code. For example, when the given pixel is compared to a neighboring pixel, if the given pixel has a greater intensity than the neighboring pixel, it may be assigned a number "1". In contrast, if the given pixel has a weaker intensity than the neighboring pixel, it may be assigned a number "0". Thus, when a given pixel is compared to multiple neighbors, the given pixel may be assigned a multi-digit binary number, with each digit of the binary number representing a comparison between the given pixel and one of its neighboring pixels. For example, in the case of a given pixel in the center of a 3-by-3 pixel grid, the given pixel may be assigned an 8 -digit binary number, based on the sequential comparison of the center given pixel to each of its adjacent neighbors in the same 3-by-3 grid. Optionally, the binary number assigned to a given pixel may be converted to a decimal. Upon the determination of an intensity value (e.g. binary number or decimal) for multiple pixels in a common area (e.g. region of interest, cell), a histogram may be determined for the common area. The histogram may contain information regarding the relative intensity of the various pixels. In embodiments, the histogram may be normalized. In embodiments, histograms from multiple cells may be concatenated. The concatenation of histograms from multiple cells of a region of interest may provide a feature vector for the region of interest. The feature vector may be processed by a machine-learning algorithm such as a support vector machine in order to classify the image based on its determined texture.
[00254] Typically, methods provided herein involving assaying agglutination based on image analysis of the texture of an agglutination assay involve comparing texture information from an assay of interest to texture information generated from the samples of known agglutination status (e.g. agglutinated or non-agglutinated). Accordingly, methods provided herein may include obtaining images of samples of known agglutination status containing particles in suspension, and analyzing the texture of these samples. This information may be included in or used with a machine-learning algorithm, in order to assist in the classification of the agglutination status of a sample of interest. In embodiments, images of samples of known agglutination status may be used with methods and algorithms provided herein as part of "training sets" to be used to aid in the classification of images of samples of unknown agglutination status.
[00255] Methods provided herein may be used for both qualitative and quantitative assessment of agglutination status of a sample. For example, in embodiments, methods provided herein may be used to qualitatively classify samples of interest as either agglutinated or not agglutinated. In other embodiments, methods provided herein may be used to quantitatively classify sample of interest, such as by assessing the degree of agglutination of a sample. To support the quantitative assessment of agglutination levels of a sample, training sets containing samples of varying degrees of agglutination (e.g. weakly agglutinated, moderately agglutinated, strongly agglutinated, 10% agglutinated, 20% agglutinated, etc.) may be provided. In embodiments, quantitative assessment of agglutination levels of an agglutination assay of a sample may permit for a titer of a virus, antibody or other particle of interest of a sample to be determined with fewer dilutions of the sample or in a shorter period of time than is needed to determine the titer of the sample when agglutination assays are only assessed qualitatively for agglutination or non- agglutination.
[00256] In some embodiments, texture analysis of an image may be used in conjunction with analysis of one or more other features of the image. For example, an image which is analyzed for texture may also be analyzed for intensity in one or more wavelengths or color channels across the region of interest of the image. In addition, a mean intensity or standard deviation of intensity in a wavelength or color channel may be determined across the image or a portion thereof. Measurement of the intensity of signal in a color channel across the region of interest may provide information such as, for instance, the relative quantity of particles in suspension in the assay which is imaged. For example, if many red blood cells are in suspension in an assay sample (e.g. in the case of non-agglutinated red blood cells), the image of the assay may have a relatively high signal in the red channel across the image. In contrast, if relatively few red blood cells are in suspension in an assay sample (e.g. in the case of agglutinated red blood cells, which tend to clump together and fall out of suspension), the image of the assay may have a relatively low signal in the red channel across the image. Measurement of the standard deviation of intensity of color channel across an image may also provide information relevant to the agglutination status of the assay material. For example, if the assay material is agglutinated, it may have a higher standard deviation in a color channel across the ROI than assay material which is not agglutinated, since the agglutinated material may have a more clumped, less uniform consistency than the unagglutinated material. In another example, an image which is analyzed for the texture of an agglutination assay may also be analyzed to determine the amount of particles which have settled out of suspension of the assay. These particles may accumulate, for instance, in the bottom of a vessel (e.g. a tip) which supports the assay materials. The amount of particles in the bottom of a vessel may be determined, for example, by identifying regions of interest containing settled particles and determining the size and/or intensity of these regions.
[00257] Figure 20 is a flow chart providing exemplary steps for assessing agglutination of a sample according to embodiments of methods provided herein. Referring now to Figure 20, one or more images of an agglutination assay containing particles in suspension in a supporting vessel or surface may be obtained 2005. The images may be subjected to a template matching protocol 2015 or other image recognition algorithm, in order to identify portions of the image which do or do not contain an image of the agglutination assay material. For example, an image may be processed to identify which portions of the image correspond to the supporting vessel, and which correspond to the assay material. The image may be further processed to identify a region of interest (ROI) 2025 in the image for analysis. Typically the region of interest is within the portion of the image which contains the image of the agglutination assay material. After identification of the ROI in an image, the ROI may be analyzed to determine features of the image of the assay material. This process may be referred to herein as "feature extraction" 2035. In embodiments, during feature extraction, the texture of the image of the assay materials or other features of the assay material may be analyzed. Any method disclosed herein for texture analysis may be used to analyze the texture of the image. In some embodiments, a local binary patterns (LBP) operator may be used to analyze the texture of the image. In addition, features other than texture may be extracted from an image, such as intensity of signal in a selected color channel across a region of interest. Next, information obtained regarding the texture of the image or other features may be used in at least one of two or more different ways. First, if the agglutination assay was provided as an assay of known agglutination status, the analyzed texture information from the image of the assay may be used as part of a training set to develop a support vector machine (SVM) classifier model 2045. Second, if the agglutination assay had an unknown agglutination status, and was provided for agglutination status determination, the analyzed texture information from the image of the assay may be used as part of a test set provided to a SVM classifier model to yield a SVM classifier prediction 2055. The SVM prediction may provide information about the agglutination status of the sample based on the texture of the image of the assay. In embodiments, the SVM prediction may be further processed to yield further output information 2065 which may be derived from the image analysis results. For example, in assays to determine blood type based on agglutination, the agglutination results may be processed to yield an output of the blood type of the blood used in the agglutination assay.
[00258] In embodiments, references herein to analyzing the "texture" of an image of an assay and the like may be used interchangeably with references to analyzing the "texture" of an assay and the like, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Also, in embodiments, images described herein may be described as containing "imaged information" regarding one or more features. It may be understood this phrase refers to an element / component of a larger image. Thus, in embodiments, it may be understood that an image which contains "imaged information" regarding, for example, a visualization particle is an image which was taken of a field of view which included a visualization particle in the field of view.
C. General Considerations - Image Capturing and Analysis
[00259] Methods of microscopy are well-known in the art, and described in U.S. Patent
Publication Nos. 2009/0214114A1, 2011/0013821A1, 2008/0212865A1, and 2010/0183216A1, all incorporated herein by reference.
[00260] Methods of microscopy suitable for use with methods of the disclosure are also disclosed in U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/435,250, filed on January 21, 2011, which is incorporated herein by reference.
[00261] One advantage of methods provided herein is to be able to use a small volume of sample. In some embodiments about 1-1.5 μΙ_, of sample is used for analysis. In some embodiments, about or less than 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45 or 50 μΙ_, of sample is used for analysis.
[00262] In some embodiments, the optical device comprises a camera, sensor, or detector. In some embodiments, the optical device is optically coupled to a microscope or the optical device comprises a sensor, detector, or camera optically coupled to a microscope.
[00263] In some embodiments, the image is captured using a CCD camera. The CCD camera may be a USB CCD camera. In some embodiments, the image is captured using a CMOS camera. The microscope stage can be moved to image a different field of view along a reaction vessel or channel therein, and imaged.
[00264] In some embodiments, analysis of sample and the assay reaction products are performed using digital imaging. The assay reaction vessels may be aligned for measurement and scanned or imaged in a single operation. In some embodiments, this is achieved automatically by mechanical components. Assay reaction vessels may be located at defined locations in a cartridge, device, or system and moved to a scanner/camera for imagining and/or analysis. In some embodiments, the orientation of the reaction vessels is kept constant as the reaction vessels are moved to a scanner/camera. In some embodiments, a scanner / camera may be moved to a reaction vessel.
[00265] In some embodiments, the imaging region resides in a microfluidic channel. In some embodiments, the sample is taken and introduced into a microscopy cuvette containing a micro channel (also referred to herein as a microfluidic channel). In some embodiments, the micro channel can have a cross section of about 125μιη x ΙΟΟΟμιη and be about 7mm long. However, micro channel of other dimensions may also be used in the methods provided herein. The channel may be loaded onto a standard bright field microscope equipped with a broad-band light source and an objective (e.g., lOx objective). The microscope may be adjusted such that the field of view is away from the side walls of the channel, and the image is in focus so as to clearly observe individual RBCs or visualization particles.
[00266] Following analysis of a sample, additional samples (e.g., with different virus/antibody concentrations) can be taken and loaded on to a new cuvette, and the image acquisition repeated. In some embodiments, about 10 images are collected for every sample. In some embodiments, less or more than 10 images are collected for every sample, such as at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 20, 25, 30, 50, or 100 images per sample. The collected images may then be processed to, for example, precisely locate RBC positions, with RBC centers detected from all images.
[00267] The images obtained by scanning or imaging can be a two-dimensional array of pixels, where each pixel comprises a plurality of intensity values corresponding to a distinct detection spectral region.
[00268] The illuminated background may emit white light of equal intensity over its entire surface. The light output may vary somewhat, producing a normal distribution of pixel intensities as detected by the imager / sensor. Exposure time may be the amount of time that the sensor pixels are permitted to collect photons before the value is read out. For a given amount of light, the readout value may be larger when the exposure time is made longer. This control may be the "coarse" control for the application. Gain may be the control adjusting the amount of amplification applied to the sensor signal. Increasing gain may increase the value of the signal from the sensor. Gain may be the "fine" control.
[00269] Analysis can be performed using an optical setup. The optical setup can include a light source, an aperture, and a sensor or a detector. In some embodiments the set up can include a camera, wherein the camera can be a web camera, the camera sensor can be CCD chip, the lens can be glass with a Lens-to-Object distance of anywhere from 5 to 100 mm, and the light source may be a white light source. [00270] In an embodiment, disclosed herein is a reader assembly housing a detection assembly including a sensor or detector for detecting agglutination assays, and optionally, other assay types. The detection assembly may be above a reaction vessel or at a different orientation in relation to the reaction vessel based on, for example, the type of assay being performed and the detection mechanism being employed. The detection assembly can be moved into
communication with the reaction vessel or the reaction vessel can be moved into communication with the detection assembly.
[00271] The optical detector/sensor can be any type of imaging sensor, such as CCDs. In some embodiments a detection assembly could include a plurality of fiber optic cables connected as a bundle to a CCD detector. The fiber optic bundle could be constructed of discrete fibers or of many small fibers fused together to form a solid bundle. Such solid bundles are commercially available and easily interfaced to CCD detectors.
[00272] A detector/sensor can also comprise a light source, such as a bulb or light emitting diode (LED). The light source can illuminate an assay in order to detect the results. The illumination sources can be lasers, single color LEDs, broad frequency light from fluorescent lamps or LEDs, LED arrays, mixtures of red, green, and blue light sources, phosphors activated by an LED, fluorescent tubes, incandescent lights, and arc sources, such as a flash tube. The detector can also comprise optics to deliver the light source to the assay, such as a lens or fiber optics.
[00273] The imaging area of a cuvette or reaction vessel may be designed so as to provide a sufficient number of cells for the application of interest. For example, counting the abundant RBCs may require counting of only 1000-2000 cells and hence a diluted sample and only a small imaging area in the cuvette.
[00274] A cuvette may be designed to be picked up by a standard pipetting mechanism in an automated fashion to allow the transfer of the cuvette to the imaging platform. The pipetting mechanism's tip ejector can eject the cuvette from the pipetting mechanism onto the imaging platform. Registration of cuvette to imaging platform may take place in two steps. Upon transfer of the cuvette to the imaging platform, static registration features on the cuvette may interface with mating features on the imaging platform to align the cuvette parallel to the imaging platform's optical axis (X,Y registration). Registration may then be completed by a mechanism located on the imaging platform. This mechanism may bias the cuvette against a planar surface perpendicular to the imaging platform's optical axis (Z registration), thereby constraining the sample within the imaging platform's focal range.
[00275] Methods of the disclosure provide for various illumination schemes: dark field and bright field. The modular nature of the setup also allows integration of phase-contrast and differential -interference contrast (DIC). [00276] Bright field illumination may be achieved by the use of a white light source along with a stage-condenser to create Koehler illumination. A microscope stage may be connected to computer-controlled stepper motors to allow translation in the X and Y directions (e.g., horizontal directions). At every location, the desired number of images may be captured and the stage may be moved to the next XY position.
[00277] In some embodiments, provided herein are methods for determining the presence of an antibody, viral particle, or agglutinating particle, including capturing an image of agglutination.
[00278] In one embodiment, a method is provided for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, wherein the antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, the method including: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) detecting whether agglutination occurs in the mixture, wherein the absence of agglutination indicates the presence of said antibody, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour. The presence of agglutination is evidenced by formation of erythrocyte -viral particle clusters, wherein the clusters exist in an imaging region (corresponding to a very small volume), and wherein the detecting step includes: (i) capturing a plurality of images of clusters at different locations of the imaging region with an optical device; and (ii) detecting the occurrence of agglutination based on analysis of the images. In some embodiments, step (a) includes incubating a mixture of the viral particle and the biological sample prior to adding the erythrocytes.
[00279] In another aspect, provided herein is a method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, wherein the antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, and the method includes: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing the antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image (or a series of images taken over time) of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the antibody. In some
embodiments, step (a) includes incubating a mixture of the viral particle and the biological sample prior to adding the erythrocytes.
[00280] In another embodiment, provided herein is a method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample, including: (a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes and a biological sample suspected of containing the viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of the viral particle, and wherein the absence of clusters indicates the lack of agglutination and the lack of detectable amount of the viral particle.
[00281] In some embodiments, methods provided herein may involve the detection of light transmitted, reflected, or scattered by a sample. Light from samples may be detected, for example, by optical devices which contain image sensors such as CCD or CMOS sensor or light detectors such as photomultiplier tubes (PMTs) or photodiodes.
[00282] In any of the methods provided above, the method may also be practiced where a visualization particle is used in place of erythrocytes, and/or where an agglutinating particle is used in place of a viral particle.
D. Analysis of Agglutination Assays by Detection of Light from the Assay
[00283] In some embodiments, agglutination assays and agglutination inhibition assays may be assessed by measuring the movement of light through or from an assay. For example, light from a light source may reach an agglutination assay, and the light reflected, transmitted, or scattered by the assay may be measured. In embodiments, when particles in suspension agglutinate, they settle out of suspension more rapidly than non-agglutinated particles. Accordingly, light may move from or through an assay where agglutination of particles has occurred differently than an assay where agglutination of particles has not occurred. For example, agglutinated particles may settle out of suspension more quickly than non-agglutinated particles. Accordingly, over time, upper regions of assay materials in which particles agglutinate may become clearer more quickly than upper regions of assay material in which particles do not agglutinate. The clearer assay material may transmit more light or scatter less light than corresponding assay materials in which the particles did not agglutinate and settle. Similarly, lower regions of assay materials in which particles agglutinate may become more optically dense more quickly than lower regions of assay material in which particles do not agglutinate. The denser assay material may transmit less light or scatter more light than corresponding assay materials in which the particles did not agglutinate and settle. Light from an assay may be detected, for example, with a light detector, such as a PMT or photodiode. Any light sources, light detector, or optical device described elsewhere herein may be used for measuring the movement of light through or from an assay. In embodiments, movement of light through or from an assay may be measured when the assay is supported in a vessel such as a pipette tip or multi-well cuvette. IV. Applications
[00284] In some embodiments, hemagglutination and hemagglutination inhibition assays provided herein may be used to measure viral antigens and anti-viral antibodies. The standard WHO hemagglutination inhibition method is excessively slow and has to be visually interpreted. In one aspect, provided herein are rapid, objectively read and well-standardized assays that may be used for obtaining rapid agglutination assay results so that immediate action can be taken to manage patient populations at risk and their therapy.
Identification of individuals suspected of infection
[00285] In one aspect, a method is provided for identifying a subject infected with a pathogen and/or their contacts, so that the subject and/or their contacts can be isolated so the infection does not spread.
[00286] In some embodiments, a subject suspected of being in contact with a pathogen, such as a viral particle, is tested using the methods provided herein to determine the presence of the viral particle or if they contain an antibody that binds selectively to the viral particle. A biological sample, such as serum or plasma may be obtained from the subject and used for the testing. Evaluation of subjects and immunization programs
[00287] Detection and/or measurement of antibodies using methods of the disclosure are useful for determining effective immunization of a subject. The term "effective immunization" as used herein, means a state sufficient to induce a protective immune response in a subject. A subject may be deemed to be effectively immunized by the detection of antibodies against a given virus or viral antigen in a biological sample derived from the subject. Assessment of effective immunization may be made by measurement of a certain level of antibodies against a given virus or viral antigen in a biological sample derived from the subject.
[00288] Methods provided herein can also be used to evaluate immunization programs for effectiveness in immunizing a population or group of subjects. In some aspects, method provided herein may be used for evaluating immunization of a population or group of subject in a point of service test setting, such as schools, workplaces, or a subject's home.
[00289] In one aspect, provided herein is a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject, including: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject who has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; and (c) determining the concentration of an antibody against the virus in the sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, and wherein steps (b) - (c) take place in less than about one hour.
[00290] In one aspect, provided herein is a method for determining the effective immunization of a subject, including: (a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with the viral particle; (c) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of the mixture; and (d) determining the concentration of an antibody against the viral particle in the biological sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in the image indicates the occurrence of agglutination and lack of detectable amount of the antibody, and wherein the absence of the cluster indicates the lack of agglutination and the presence of a detectable amount of the antibody.
[00291] In any of the methods provided above or elsewhere herein, the method may also be practiced where a visualization particle is used in place of erythrocytes, and/or where an agglutinating particle is used in place of a viral particle. Similarly, references to "cells" or "erythrocytes" herein also include visualization particles, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Likewise, references to "viral particles" herein also include agglutinating particles, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
[00292] Thus, methods provided herein can be used to measure the effectiveness of vaccination in real time and/or on-the-spot, and the vaccination dosage can be adjusted accordingly.
Furthermore, alternate vaccines, if available can be used for subjects who are not responding to a vaccine under test. Therefore, vaccine providers can optimize the immunization schedule and dose.
Methods to Determine Blood Type
[00293] Methods of the disclosure may also be useful for determining blood type of a sample comprising erythrocytes. In some embodiments, antibodies against antigens of various blood types can be tested for their ability to induce hemagglutination in a sample comprising erythrocytes, thereby determining the blood type of the erythrocytes.
[00294] In some embodiments, methods are provided for determination of blood type of a sample comprising blood. Blood type can be determined using standard antibodies to A, B and Rh antigens and the addition of a whole blood sample. The antibodies specific to A, B and Rh antigens are well known, and are routinely used in blood testing. For example, if antibodies that bind the A blood group are added and agglutination occurs, the blood is either type A or type AB. To determine between type A or type AB, antibodies that bind the B group are added in a separate assay and if agglutination does not occur, the blood is type A. Methods of the disclosure can also be applied to cross-matching tests, to assess donor-recipient compatibility in blood transfusion. In cross-matching, agglutination occurring when donor red blood cells and recipient's serum or plasma are incubated together indicates that the donor blood is incompatible for that particular recipient.
[00295] Methods of the disclosure provide improvements for determination of blood type in a sample, and in some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is less than 500, 400, 300, 200, 180, 160, 140, 120, 100, 90, 75, 60, 45, 30, 15, 10, 5, 2, or 1 minute, or 30, 20, 10, 5, 3, or 1 second. In some embodiments, the total amount time of carrying out the method is between 0.5 to 5 minutes.
[00296] In embodiments, methods and reagents provided herein may be used in agglutination assays for streptozyme (anti-Streptococcus antibodies - specifically, antibodies against
Streptococcus NADase, DNase, streptokinase, streptolysin O, and hyaluronidase) or for anti-red blood cell antibodies.
V. Kits
[00297] In some embodiments, the disclosure also provides for a kit including: pre-fixed erythrocytes and a viral particle. Erythrocytes used for HA and HAI assays can be unstable, requiring time- and labor-intensive fresh preparation that also contributes to errors in assay reproducibility. In one embodiment, a kit of the disclosure provides pre-fixed erythrocytes and a viral particle, suitable for detecting or measuring antibodies to the virus without need for fresh preparation of erythrocytes. In another embodiment, a kit of the disclosure provides
microspheres and a viral particle, suitable for detecting or measuring antibodies to the virus. In another embodiment, a kit of the disclosure provides visualization particles and agglutinating particles, suitable for detecting or measuring antibodies to the agglutinating particle. Kits disclosed herein may also provide assay reproducibility advantages by the use of standardized reagents.
[00298] Other reagents may also be provided with the kit, such as the various buffers and enzymes, BSA, and controls (negative and/positive) which, for example, could be viral particles and/or antibody having known titer. Also, instructions for carrying out the assays may be provided with the kit. EXAMPLES
Example 1
Pre-treatment Method
[00299] Materials: Neuraminidase 1U (Sigma N7885 -1UN, 3.78 U/mg protein); Buffer A: 100 mM Sodium Acetate pH 5.5, 0.15M NaCl, and 4 mM CaCl2; Buffer B: 100 mM Sodium
Phosphate pH 8.2, 1.5% Sodium Citrate; Neuraminidase Enzyme Solution [4 milliUnits (mU) Neuraminidase enzyme in 5 mL of Buffer A, for a final concentration of 0.8 mU/mL].
[00300] Method:
1. 4 volumes of Neuraminidase Enzyme Solution was added to 1 volume of serum (0.2 mL Neuraminidase + 0.05 mL serum)
2. The mixture was incubated at 37 ± 2 °C for 25 mins
3. 5 volumes of Buffer B was added to the mixture
4. The mixture was incubated at 56 ± 2°C for 5 mins to inactivate the Neuraminidase
5. The serum was allowed to cool to room temperature. The final dilution of the serum was 1 :10 (start dilution in the serial dilution series for antibody titer determination).
Example 2
Hemagglutination Inhibition Assay - Comparison of Image Analysis Methods
[00301] Materials: Influenza A H3N2/Brisbane/10/07 (4 HA U/50 μί) viral particles in diluent buffer; Diluent Buffer [Phosphate buffered saline pH 7.2, containing 0.05 % sodium azide and 0.05 % bovine serum albumin; (PBS/A/BSA)]; human plasma containing antibody against Influenza B; and Glutaraldehyde-fixed Turkey-RBC (0.6% v/v) in diluent buffer.
[00302] Method:
1) To a microtiter plate 25 of PBS/A/BSA was added to all wells, except for RBC control wells and the first well for the serial dilution of the treated sample containing antibody.
2) To the first well 50 treated sample (serum or plasma) containing antibody (diluted 1/10 in treatment buffer) was added.
3) The sample was serially diluted by transferring 25 μΐ^ of the sample from the first well to the adjacent well containing 25 μΐ^ PBS/A/BSA. The steps were repeated until the last well in the series. This step is optional and may be replaced with a single dilution level. 4) To all wells containing the treated sample, 25 Influenza B/Florida/04/06 virus diluted in PBS/A/BSA (4HA U/50 μΐ,) was added.
5) 50 μΐ, PBS/A/BSA was added to the control RBC wells.
6) The content of the wells were mixed by gently tapping the side walls of the microtiter plate.
7) 50 μΙ_, glutaraldehyde-fixed Turkey-RBC suspension (0.6%) prepared in PBS/A/BSA was added to all wells.
[00303] In the analysis of bulk movement of the reaction, the following steps (8 - 1 1) were also performed:
8) The content of the wells were mixed by gently tapping the side walls of the microtiter plate.
9) The plate was covered and incubated at room temperature for a total of about 15 minutes.
10) At 15 minutes the plate was read on the scanner and a final end-point image (FIG. 14B) was taken of the plate tilted at 45 - 60°.
11) The image was scanned (FIG. 14C), and the area and periphery of the dark regions corresponding to packed red cells were calculated
[00304] In the image analysis of microscopic images, the following steps were performed after step 7):
12) A small sample (~1 or 2μΙ.) from the wells was pipetted directly into a cuvette, and imaged under the microscope.
13) Images were collected, and analyzed to calculate association factors of the RBCs as described elsewhere herein.
[00305] Using image analysis of microscopic images, the plot of association factor for different samples is shown in FIG. 14 A. Using image analysis of bulk movement, the plot of area or periphery for the packed cells different samples is shown in FIG. 14D. Samples are numbered 1- 6, and are in duplicate. FIG. 14B shows a macroscopic visual image of the wells of the pelleting assay after tilting. FIG. 14C shows a scanned image of FIG 14B subjected to threshold digitization. The wells are numbered 1-6 starting from the bottom of the figure, and the right and left columns are duplicates of assays with the same level of dilution of sample. As shown in FIG. 14A, samples with high antibody concentrations (low dilutions, samples 1-3) show low values for the association factor, whereas samples 4, 5, and 6 (low antibody concentrations) show high values of the association factor. The transition between sample 3 and sample 4 is also quite evident. As shown in FIG. 14D, samples with high antibody concentrations (low dilutions, samples 1-3) show high values for perimeter and area of packed cells (i.e. many cells in the teardrop), whereas samples 4-6 (low antibody concentrations) show lower values for the perimeter and area of packed cells (i.e. fewer cells in the teardrop). The transition between sample 3 and sample 4 is also evident. In the macroscopic visual image of pelleting assay (FIG. 14B), it can be seen that samples 4-6 show agglutination, while samples 1-3 display RBC flow, thereby suggesting non-agglutination. From each of the above methods, it can be concluded that the transition from agglutination to non-agglutination is between Sample #3 and #4. Thus, this data demonstrates agreement between the methods for image analysis provided herein (both image analysis of microscopic images (FIG. 14A) and image analysis of bulk movement (FIG. 14D) with traditional analysis based on visual examination of agglutination assay wells (FIG. 14B).
Example 3
Microscopy-based method for RBC agglutination detection
[00306] A biological sample which contained an antibody against a virus of interest was incubated with the virus for a specified period of time of less than or equal to 5 minutes . After incubation, red blood cells were added to the sample and mixed. A portion (around 1-1.5 μί) of the sample was taken and introduced into a microscopy cuvette containing a microchannel. The microchannel had a cross section of 125μιη x ΙΟΟΟμιη and was about 7mm long. The channel was loaded onto a standard bright-field microscope equipped with a broad-band light source and a lOx objective. Each field of view corresponded to an area of -700 μιη x 500μιη. The microscope was adjusted such that the field of view was away from the side-walls of the channel, and the image was in focus so as to clearly observe individual RBCs. The image was captured using a USB CCD camera. The microscope stage was moved along the axis of the channel to image a different field of view along the channel, and imaged. Around 10 fields of view were captured. Sample images are shown in FIG. 12.
[00307] Collected images were processed precisely to locate RBC positions. RBC centers were detected from all images. FIG. 12 shows representative images for two samples; Control sample (Left, panel A), (which represents a non-agglutinated sample), and an agglutinated sample (Right, panel B). While based on inspection of the images with the unaided eye it may be difficult to differentiate the two samples, when RBC center information is used in conjunction with a "cut-off distance, it is possible to identify cells which are bound to each other.
Example 4
Comparison of Traditional Pre -treatment and a Pre-treatment Method of the Disclosure
A. Pre-treatment Traditional Method
[00308] Receptor destroying enzyme (RDE) source was Sigma C8772 Cholera Filtrate crude extract from Vibrio Cholerae.
[00309] 0.1 Units RDE was reconstituted with 5 mL sterile distilled water. 1 ml of the reconstituted RDE was diluted to 20 mL with calcium saline solution, pH 7.2. Four volumes of the diluted RDE were added to 1 volume of EDTA-anticoagulated human plasma (0.4 mL RDE + 0.1 mL plasma). Samples were prepared in duplicate for four separate samples. For control (untreated) assays, 4 volumes calcium saline solution were added to 1 volume of plasma (0.4 mL calcium saline solution + 0.1 mL plasma).
[00310] The mixtures were incubated for 30, 60, 360 minutes and overnight (>16 hours) at 37°C. The control was incubated overnight (>16 hours) at 37°C.
[00311] 5 volumes of 1.5% sodium citrate (0.5 mL) were added to each sample. The samples were incubated at 56° C for 30 minutes to inactivate the RDE. The serum was allowed to cool to room temperature. The final dilution of the treated serum was 1 : 10 (used as the starting dilution in the serial dilution series for antibody titer determination).
B. A Pre-treatment Method of the Disclosure
[00312] Neuraminidase source was 3.78 U/mg protein from Sigma. Neuraminidase Enzyme Solution was 4 mU Neuraminidase enzyme in 5 ml of Buffer A: 100 mM Sodium Acetate pH 5.5, 0.15M NaCl, and 4 mM CaCl2 (0.8 mU /mL final concentration).
[00313] Four volumes of neuraminidase enzyme solution were added to 1 volume of plasma (0.2 mL Neuraminidase + 0.05 mL plasma), and the mixture was incubated at 37°C for 25 min. 5 volume of Buffer B (1.5% sodium citrate in Sodium phosphate pH8.2) (0.25 mL) were then added and the mixture was incubated at 56°C for 5 min to inactivate the neuraminidase. The plasma was allowed to cool to room temperature. The final dilution of the plasma was 1 : 10 (start dilution in the serial dilution series for antibody titer determination)
C. Comparison
[00314] The results of comparative analysis are shown in FIG. 15. As seen, the non-specific reaction was eliminated with both methods, but the neuraminidase method of the disclosure (solid bars) was much faster than traditional method (slashed-fill bars). FIG. 16 shows the results of an HAI assay following various pre -treatment methods as described above and indicated. Samples were control (solid black bar), treated with RDE overnight (reversed-slash bar), or treated with neuraminidase for 25 minutes (forward-slash bar). Three paired plasma and serum samples (each from a single blood sample) were tested. Samples 1 and 3 were negative for viral antibody while sample 2 was positive. Both sample pre-treatment methods eliminated the false positive reactions while retaining the true positive reaction. As can be seen, the method of the disclosure is equally effective in both removal of false-positive reaction and retention of true positive reaction, and the disclosed method is much faster.
Example 5
Comparison of Methods of the Disclosure to Traditional HAI Method
[00315] In this experiment, certain methods of the disclosure for performing HAI assays were compared to traditional methods for performing HAI assays.
HAI Assays with a Single Viral Strain Antigen
[00316] In one experiment HAI assays were performed using Influenza A HlNl / California / 04 /2009 as the viral particle, and using biological sample from subjects that had been vaccinated against HlNl virus.
[00317] The assays were performed as follows:
Pre-treatment step
[00318] For the traditional method samples, pretreatment of plasma samples from HlNl vaccinated subjects was carried out as provided in Example 4, part A.
[00319] For the method of the disclosure samples, pretreatment of plasma samples from HlNl vaccinated subjects was carried out as provided in Example 4, part B.
HAI assay step
[00320] For the traditional method samples, the HAI assay was carried out as provided in steps 1-10 of Example 2. The results of the assay were determined by unaided eye (visual) inspection of tilted wells.
[00321] For method of the disclosure samples, the HAI assay was carried out as provided in steps 1-7 plus 12-13 of Example 2. The results of the assay were determined by calculation of association factors of the samples based on image analysis of microscopic images of the agglutination reaction.
[00322] Based on the information from these methods, the titer of each sample was determined. Analysis
[00323] The LOG of the antibody titer for the method of the disclosure samples was plotted against the LOG titer of the traditional method samples. As can be seen in FIG. 17, an excellent correlation was obtained and the slope and intercept value of the regression line indicates the congruence of the results of the two methods. R value for the correlation line was 0.89, and N = 10 plasma samples from H1N1 vaccinated subjects.
HAI Assay with a Multiple Viral Strain Antigens
[00324] In another experiment, assays were performed as above for the HAI Assay with a Single Viral Strain Antigen, except that assays were also performed with Influenza B (Influenza B / Florida /04/06) and Influenza A (Influenza A / H3N2 / Brisbane / 10 / 07), in addition to assays with Influenza A H1N1 / California / 04 /2009 as the viral particles. The plasma samples were from individuals vaccinated with H1N1 (2009) pandemic virus, and who may have had previous exposure to the seasonal virus Influenza B and H3N2 viruses. As above, both traditional method and methods of the disclosure were used for both the pre -treatment and HAI assay steps.
[00325] Referring to FIG. 18, assays for three viral strain antigens were used to assay for the corresponding antibodies. Results were plotted individually and then as an aggregated data set for all three strains. In all cases the regression statistics show equivalence of the two methods. No sample (out of 31) gave results more than one 2x dilution (the limit of resolution of the reference method) from the traditional method. This experiment also indicates that both methods are precise with an average imprecision of much less than one 2 x dilution. Statistics of the comparison are given in Table 2 below.
Table 2
Sample Count 31
LOG Max titer 2.81
LOG Min Titer 1.00
Mean LOG titer 1.98
Range, fold (Linear not LOG) 65
Average log difference 0.16 Standard error of the LOG estimate/LOG mean 8.2 %
(Equivalent to, fold) 1.46 Example 6
Blood typing by image feature extraction
[00326] In this experiment, blood was typed in the classes A, B, AB, or O and Rh+ or -, according to image feature extraction analysis methods provided herein, including texture analysis.
[00327] Three samples of EDTA-treated blood were obtained from three different subjects. Each blood sample was mixed and centrifuged at 10,000 rpm to pellet the red blood cells (RBCs). 20 microliters of packed RBCs from each subject were each diluted with 180 microliters saline solution, to yield suspensions containing 10 % by volume RBCs. For each RBC suspension, four tubes / assays were prepared: 1) anti-blood group A antibody; 2) anti- blood group B antibody; 3) anti-blood group D (Rh factor); and 4) control. 24 microliters diluent (PBS + 0.1% BSA + 0.1% polysorbate 20) was added to each of tube #s 1-3, and 30 microliters diluent was added to tube # 4. 6 microliters of the respective antibody was added to each of tube #s 1-3. With a pipette, 20 microliters of the 10%> RBC suspension was added to each of tube #s 1-4, and the reagents were mixed to generate an agglutination assay in each tube. 10 microliters of each assay for each RBC suspension was aspirated into a pipette tip. The pipette tips were positioned in an analyzer containing a white light source and CCD camera, and images of the tips were obtained 5 minutes and 10 minutes after the initiation of each agglutination assay. Images of the tips after 5 minutes incubation are shown for each of the agglutination assays (assays "1", "2", "3", and "4") for each of the 3 different samples (samples "I", "II" and "ΙΠ") in Figure 21 (Fig. 21A shows sample I, Fig. 21B shows sample II, and Fig. 21C shows sample III). The image of each tip was analyzed by an image texture analysis method as described elsewhere herein. Briefly, using a template matching algorithm, the pipette tip terminus 2105 and assay material meniscus 2110 were identified. Based on the position of the pipette tip terminus and assay material meniscus, a region of interest (ROI) 2115 of the image containing the assay material was determined. The region of interest 2115 was defined as a rectangular shape below the meniscus, above the pipette tip terminus, and between the walls of the pipette tip. An exemplary ROI 2115 is shown in the tip for sample I, assay 1 in Fig. 21 A. Next, feature extraction was performed within the ROI. Feature extraction included i) determination of mean and standard deviation of the intensity of the red channel in the ROI and ii) determination of local binary patterns (LBP). The LBP operator captures local spatial patterns and grey scale contrast. Features extracted from the images were provided to a support vector machine classifier. The support vector machine classifier was previously trained with information from images of assays of known agglutination status (agglutinated or non-agglutinated). Using features extracted from the images, the support vector machine classified each ROI as containing agglutinated or non-agglutinated assay material (as a binary classification). Finally, the classification information for each ROI of a sample was used to identify the blood type of the sample. In general, if a sample agglutinated with antibody against a given antigen (A, B, or D), the assay indicated that the sample was positive for the corresponding antigen. Accordingly, Sample I was identified as B Rh-positive ("B positive") blood (tips 2 and 3 of Fig. 21 A contain agglutinated material, and thus the blood contains antigens which are recognized by the anti- blood group B antibody and anti-blood group D (Rh) antibody), Sample II was identified as A Rh-positive blood (tips 1 and 3 of Fig. 21B contain agglutinated material), and Sample III was identified as O positive blood (tip 3 of Fig. 21C contains agglutinated material). The blood type of samples I, II, and III was also analyzed using a traditional blood-typing method (Eldoncard). The results of experiment provided herein matched with the results from the traditional blood- typing method, thus confirming the accuracy of the method provided herein.
[00328] While the above is a complete description of the preferred embodiments of the present invention, it is possible to use various alternatives, modifications and equivalents. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should be determined not with reference to the above description but should, instead, be determined with reference to the appended claims, along with their full scope of equivalents. Any feature, whether preferred or not, may be combined with any other feature, whether preferred or not. The appended claims are not to be interpreted as including means-plus-function limitations, unless such a limitation is explicitly recited in a given claim using the phrase "means for." It should be understood that as used in the description herein and throughout the claims that follow, the meaning of "a," "an," and "the" includes plural reference unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Also, as used in the description herein and throughout the claims that follow, the meaning of "in" includes "in" and "on" unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Also, as used in the description herein and throughout the claims follow, terms of "include" and "contain" are open ended and do not exclude additional, unrecited elements or method steps. Finally, as used in the description herein and throughout the claims that follow, the meanings of "and" and "or" include both the conjunctive and disjunctive and may be used interchangeably unless the context expressly dictates otherwise. Thus, in contexts where the terms "and" or "or" are used, usage of such conjunctions do not exclude an "and/or" meaning unless the context expressly dictates otherwise.

Claims

CLAIMS WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, wherein said antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle; and
(b) detecting whether said agglutination occurs in said mixture, wherein the absence of said agglutination indicates the presence of said antibody, wherein said steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein said erythrocytes are pre-fixed.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein said erythrocytes are pre-fixed by treatment with glutaraldehyde.
4. The method of any of claims 1-3, wherein said erythrocytes comprise turkey red blood cells.
5. The method of any of claims 1-4, wherein said viral particle comprises an influenza virus.
6. The method of any of claims 1-5, wherein said biological sample comprises plasma or serum.
7. The method of claim 6, wherein said plasma or serum is from a subject that has been administered with a vaccine against said viral particle.
8. The method of any of claims 1-7, wherein said biological sample is pre-treated with neuraminidase.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein said treatment is carried out by incubating said biological sample with neuraminidase, and wherein the final concentration of the neuraminidase in the mixture is between 0.1 and 1.5 U/L.
10. The method of claim 8, wherein said treatment is carried out by incubating said sample with active neuraminidase for less than 30 minutes.
11. The method of any of claims 1-10, wherein said biological sample is serially diluted prior to step (a).
12. The method of any of claims 1-11, wherein said steps (a) - (b) take place between about
30 to 60 minutes.
13. The method of any of claims 1-12, wherein the presence of said agglutination is evidenced by formation of erythrocyte -viral particle clusters, and wherein said clusters are captured in an imaging region of an optical device, and wherein said detecting step comprising:
(i) capturing a plurality of images of said clusters at different locations of said imaging region with the optical device; and
(ii) detecting the occurrence of said agglutination based on analysis of said images.
14. The method of claim 13, wherein said optical device comprises a camera
15. The method of claim 13 or 14, wherein said optical device comprises a microscope.
16. The method of any of claims 13-15, wherein said imaging region resides in a micro fluidic channel.
17. The method of any of claims 13-16, wherein said analysis comprises calculating the size of said clusters based on the center-to-center distance of individual erythrocytes captured in each of said images.
18. The method of any of claims 1-17, wherein said step (a) comprises incubating a mixture of said viral particle and said biological sample before adding said erythrocytes .
19. A method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, where said antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle; and
(b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in said image indicates the occurrence of said agglutination and lack of detectable amount of said antibody, and wherein the absence of said cluster indicates the lack of said agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of said antibody
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the formation of said erythrocyte -viral particle cluster is determined by assessing center-to-center distance between individual erythrocytes captured in said image.
21. The method of claim 19 or 20, wherein said step (a) comprising incubating a mixture of said viral particle and said biological sample prior to adding said erythrocytes .
22. A method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample, comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes and a biological sample suspected of containing said viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle; and
(b) detecting whether said agglutination occurs in said mixture, wherein the presence of said agglutination indicates the presence of said viral particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
23. A method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample, comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes and a biological sample suspected of containing said viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle; and
(b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in said image indicates the occurrence of said agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of said viral particle, and wherein the absence of said cluster indicates the lack of said agglutination and the lack of detectable amount of said viral particle.
24. A method for determining the effective immunization of a subject, comprising:
(a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle;
(b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and said biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle; and
(c) determining the concentration of an antibody against said virus in said sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, and wherein said steps (b) - (c) take place in less than one hour.
25. A method for determining the effective immunization of a subject, comprising:
(a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against a viral particle; (b) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, said viral particle, and said biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle;
(c) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture; and
(d) determining the concentration of an antibody against said viral in said biological sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the erythrocytes, wherein the presence of an erythrocyte -viral particle cluster in said image indicates the occurrence of said agglutination and lack of detectable amount of said antibody, and wherein the absence of said cluster indicates the lack of said agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of said antibody.
26. The method of claim 23 or 24, further comprising administering a second dosage of said first vaccine against said viral particle to said subject if the concentration of said antibody is lower than a predetermined level.
27. The method of claim 23 or 24, further comprising administering a second vaccine against said viral particle to said subject if the concentration of said antibody is lower than a
predetermined level.
28. A kit, comprising: pre-fixed erythrocytes, a viral particle, and instructions for a user to use said kit for antibody or viral detection.
29. The method of any of claims 19, 23, or 25, wherein said image is a microscopic image.
30. A method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, wherein said antibody binds selectively to a viral particle, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the viral particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle;
(b) concurrent with or subsequent to (a), providing the mixture in a vessel having an opening at the top of the vessel and interior conical shape at the bottom of the vessel;
(c) tilting the vessel such that after tilting, at least a portion of the mixture is closer to the opening at the top of the vessel than prior to the tilting, and wherein at least a portion of the sample remains in the vessel after the tilting; and
(d) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the position of erythrocytes within the tilted vessel may be used to determine the presence or amount of said antibody in the sample.
31. A method for determining the presence of a viral particle in a biological sample, wherein said viral particle may be selectively bound by an antibody, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of erythrocytes, the antibody, and the biological sample suspected of containing said viral particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the erythrocytes via interaction with said viral particle;
(b) concurrent with or subsequent to (a), providing the mixture in a vessel having an opening at the top of the vessel and interior conical shape at the bottom of the vessel;
(c) tilting the vessel such that after tilting, at least a portion of the mixture is closer to the opening at the top of the vessel than prior to the tilting, and wherein at least a portion of the sample remains in the vessel after the tilting; and
(d) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the position of erythrocytes within the tilted vessel may be used to determine the presence or amount of said viral particle in the sample.
32. The method of claims 30 or 31 , wherein one or more zones for analysis are present or established within the vessel, and wherein optical signal is measured over each zone.
33. The method of claim 32, wherein the measured optical signal over the one or more zones may be used to determine the amount of agglutinated or unagglutinated erythrocytes in the sample.
34. The method of claims 30 or 31, wherein an axis for analysis is present or established within the vessel, and wherein optical signal is measured along the axis.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein the axis is through the center of a button portion and, if present, a teardrop portion of the packed red cells at the bottom of the vessel.
36. The method of claim 34 or 35, wherein the measured optical signal along the axis may be used to determine the amount of agglutinated or unagglutinated erythrocytes in the sample.
37. The method of claims 30 or 31 , wherein packed red cells at the bottom of the vessel are identified, and the area or perimeter of the packed red cells is measured.
38. The method of claim 37, wherein the method further comprises using a pattern recognition method to identify a button and, optionally, teardrop region of the packed red cells.
39. The method of claim 37 or 38, wherein the area or perimeter of the packed red cells may be used to determine the amount of agglutinated or unagglutinated erythrocytes in the sample.
40. A method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, wherein said antibody binds selectively to an agglutinating particle, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles, the agglutinating particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particle via interaction with said agglutinating particle; and
(b) detecting whether said agglutination occurs in said mixture, wherein the absence of said agglutination indicates the presence of said antibody, wherein said steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
41. The method of claim 40, wherein said visualization particles are microspheres.
42. The method of claim 40 or 41, wherein said agglutinating particle comprises a virus, prion, or bacteria.
43. The method of any of claims 40-42, wherein said biological sample comprises plasma or serum.
44. The method of claim 43, wherein said plasma or serum is from a subject that has been administered with a vaccine against said agglutinating particle.
45. The method of any of claims 40-44, wherein said biological sample is pre -treated with neuraminidase.
46. The method of claim 45, wherein said treatment is carried out by incubating said biological sample with neuraminidase, and wherein the final concentration of the neuraminidase in the mixture is between 0.1 and 1.5 U/L.
47. The method of claim 46, wherein said treatment is carried out by incubating said sample with active neuraminidase for less than 30 minutes.
48. The method of any of claims 40-47, wherein said biological sample is serially diluted prior to step (a).
49. The method of any of claims 40-48, wherein said steps (a) - (b) take place in between about 30 to 60 minutes.
50. The method of any of claims 40-49, wherein the presence of said agglutination is evidenced by formation of visualization particle-agglutinating particle clusters, and wherein said clusters are captured in an imaging region of an optical device, and wherein said detecting step comprises: (i) capturing a plurality of images of said clusters at different locations of said imaging region with the optical device; and
(ii) detecting the occurrence of said agglutination based on analysis of said images.
51. The method of claim 50, wherein said optical device comprises a camera.
52. The method of claim 50, wherein said optical device comprises a microscope.
53. The method of any of claims 50-52, wherein said imaging region resides in a microfluidic channel.
54. The method of any of claims 50-53, wherein said analysis comprises calculating the size of said clusters based on the center-to-center distance of individual erythrocytes captured in each of said images.
55. The method of any of claims 40-54, wherein said step (a) comprises incubating a mixture of said viral particle and said biological sample before adding said erythrocytes .
56. A method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, where said antibody binds selectively to an agglutinating particle, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles, the agglutinating particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting
agglutination of the visualization particle via interaction with said agglutinating particle; and
(b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the presence of a visualization particle -agglutinating particle cluster in said image indicates the occurrence of said agglutination and lack of detectable amount of said antibody, and wherein the absence of said cluster indicates the lack of said agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of said antibody
57. The method of claim 56, wherein the formation of said visualization particle - agglutinating particle cluster is determined by assessing center-to-center distance between individual visualization particles captured in said image.
58. The method of claim 56 or 57, wherein said step (a) comprises incubating a mixture of said agglutinating particle and said biological sample prior to adding said visualization particle.
59. A method for determining the presence of an agglutinating particle in a biological sample, comprising: (a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles and a biological sample suspected of containing said agglutinating particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particle via interaction with said agglutinating particle; and
(b) detecting whether said agglutination occurs in said mixture, wherein the presence of said agglutination indicates the presence of said agglutinating particle, and wherein steps (a) - (b) take place in less than one hour.
60. A method for determining the presence of an agglutinating particle in a biological sample, comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles and a biological sample suspected of containing said agglutinating particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particle via interaction with said agglutinating particle; and
(b) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the presence of an visualization particle -agglutinating particle cluster in said image indicates the occurrence of said agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of said agglutinating particle, and wherein the absence of said cluster indicates the lack of said agglutination and the lack of detectable amount of said agglutinating particle.
61. A method for determining the effective immunization of a subject, comprising:
(a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against an agglutinating particle;
(b) incubating a mixture of visualization particles, the agglutinating particle, and said biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with said agglutinating particles; and
(c) determining the concentration of an antibody against said agglutinating particle in said sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the visualization particles, and wherein said steps (b) - (c) take place in less than one hour.
62. A method for determining the effective immunization of a subject, comprising:
(a) obtaining a biological sample from a subject that has been immunized with a first dosage of a first vaccine against an agglutinating particle;
(b) incubating a mixture of visualization particles, said agglutinating particle, and said biological sample, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with said agglutinating particle;
(c) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture; and (d) determining the concentration of an antibody against said agglutinating particle in said biological sample based on the clusters formed by the agglutination of the visualization particles, wherein the presence of a visualization particle -agglutinating particle cluster in said image indicates the occurrence of said agglutination and lack of detectable amount of said antibody, and wherein the absence of said cluster indicates the lack of said agglutination and the presence of detectable amount of said antibody.
63. The method of claim 61 or 62, further comprising administering a second dosage of said first vaccine against said agglutinating particle to said subject if the concentration of said antibody is lower than a predetermined level.
64. The method of claim 61 or 62, further comprising administering a second vaccine against said agglutinating particle to said subject if the concentration of said antibody is lower than a predetermined level.
65. A kit, comprising: visualization particles, an agglutinating particle, and instructions for a user to use said kit for antibody or agglutinating particle detection.
66. The kit of claim 65, wherein the visualization particles are microspheres.
67. The method of any of claims 19, 23, 25, 56, 60, or 62 wherein said image is a
microscopic image.
68. A method for determining the presence of an antibody in a biological sample, wherein said antibody binds selectively to an agglutinating particle, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of visualization particles, the agglutinating particle, and the biological sample suspected of containing said antibody, under conditions permitting
agglutination of the visualization particle via interaction with said agglutinating particle;
(b) concurrent with or subsequent to (a), providing the mixture in a vessel having an opening at the top of the vessel and interior conical shape at the bottom of the vessel;
(c) tilting the vessel such that after tilting, at least a portion of the mixture is closer to the opening at the top of the vessel than prior to the tilting, and wherein at least a portion of the sample remains in the vessel after the tilting; and
(d) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the position of visualization particles within the tilted vessel may be used to determine the presence or amount of said antibody in the sample.
69. A method for determining the presence of an agglutinating particle in a biological sample, wherein the agglutinating particle may be selectively bound by an antibody, the method comprising:
(a) incubating a mixture of visualization particle, the antibody, and the biological sample suspected of containing said agglutinating particle, under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with said agglutinating particle;
(b) concurrent with or subsequent to (a), providing the mixture in a vessel having an opening at the top of the vessel and interior conical shape at the bottom of the vessel;
(c) tilting the vessel such that after tilting, at least a portion of the mixture is closer to the opening at the top of the vessel than prior to the tilting, and wherein at least a portion of the sample remains in the vessel after the tilting; and
(d) capturing with the aid of an optical device an image of said mixture, wherein the position of visualization particles within the tilted vessel may be used to determine the presence or amount of said agglutinating particle in the sample.
70. The method of claims 68 or 69, wherein one or more zones for analysis are present or established within the vessel, and wherein optical signal is measured over each zone.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein the measured optical signal over the one or more zones may be used to determine the amount of agglutinated or unagglutinated visualization particles in the sample.
72. The method of claims 68 or 69, wherein an axis for analysis is present or established within the vessel, and wherein optical signal is measured along the axis.
73. The method of claim 72, wherein the axis is through the center of a button portion and, if present, a teardrop portion of the packed visualization particles at the bottom of the vessel.
74. The method of claim 72 or 73, wherein the measured optical signal along the axis may be used to determine the amount of agglutinated or unagglutinated visualization particles in the sample.
75. The method of claims 68 or 69, wherein packed visualization particles at the bottom of the vessel are identified, and the area or perimeter of the packed visualization particles is measured.
76. The method claim 75, wherein the method further comprises using a pattern recognition method to identify a button and, optionally, teardrop region of the packed visualization particles.
77. The method of claim 75 or 76, wherein the area or perimeter of the packed visualization particles may be used to determine the amount of agglutinated or unagglutinated visualization particles in the sample.
78. The method of any of claims 19, 23, 25, 30, 31, 56, 60, 62, 68, or 69, wherein a plurality of images are collected, and said plurality of images are collected by video.
79. The method of any of claims 1-27, 29-64, or 67-78, wherein the method is performed at a point of service location.
80. A method of assaying for the agglutination of visualization particles in a mixture, comprising:
A) generating a mixture comprising the visualization particles and agglutinating particles under conditions permitting agglutination of the visualization particles via interaction with the agglutinating particles;
B) obtaining at least one image of the mixture; and
C) analyzing the image to obtain a measurement of the agglutination of the visualization particles in the mixture.
81. The method of claim 80, wherein the visualization particles are RBCs or microspheres.
82. The method of claim 80 or 81, wherein the agglutinating particles are viral particles or antibodies.
83. The method of any of claims 80-82, wherein the image is obtained with a CCD or CMOS image sensor.
84. The method of any of claims 80-83, wherein the image is obtained with an optical device.
85. The method of any of claims 80-84, wherein the agglutinating particles are provided in a biological sample from a subject.
The method of claim 85, wherein the biological sample comprises plasma or serum.
87. The method of claim 85, wherein the agglutinating particles are viral particles.
88. The method of claim 85, wherein the agglutinating particles are antibodies.
89. The method of claim any of claims 85-88, further comprising determining of the quantity of viral particles or antibodies in the sample.
90. The method of any of claims 80-89, wherein the mixture further comprises an antibody which specifically binds to at least one agglutinating particle of said agglutinating particles and inhibits the interaction of the agglutinating particle with a visualization particle of said visualization particles.
91. The method of claim 90, wherein the antibody is provided to the mixture in a biological sample from a subject.
92. The method of claim 91, wherein the biological sample comprises plasma or serum.
93. The method of claim 91 or 92, further comprising determining the quantity of the antibody in the sample.
94. The method of any of claims 80-93, wherein the image of the mixture is obtained within 1 hour of generating the mixture.
95. The method of any of claims 80-94, wherein the analyzing the image comprises identifying a region of interest (ROI) in the image.
96. The method of claim 95, wherein the ROI comprises imaged information of the mixture, said mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
97. The method of any of claims 80-96, wherein the measurement of the agglutination of the visualization particles in the mixture is a qualitative measurement of agglutination or non- agglutination of the visualization particles.
98. The method of any of claims 80-96, wherein the measurement of the agglutination of the visualization particles in the mixture is a quantitative measurement of degree of agglutination of the visualization particles.
99. The method of any of claims 80-98, wherein two or more images of the mixture are obtained.
100. The method of any of claims 80-99, wherein the agglutination is evidenced by the formation of clusters comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles, and the step of analyzing the image comprises identifying clusters in the image.
101. The method of claim 100, further comprising determining the size or number of clusters in the image.
102. The method of claim 100, wherein the step of identifying clusters in the image comprises determining the distance between visualization particles in the image.
103. The method of claim 102, wherein the step of determining the distance between visualization particles in the image comprises determining the center-to-center distance between visualization particles in the image.
104. The method of any of claims 80-103, wherein the step of analyzing the image comprises determining the center-to-center distance between a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle in the image.
105. The method of claim 104, further comprising determining the location of the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle in the image.
106. The method of any of claims 100-105, wherein the step of identifying the clusters comprises identifying a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle, wherein the center-to-center distance between the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle is no greater than 1.5 times the diameter of either the first or second visualization particle.
107. The method of any of claims 100-106, wherein the step of identifying the clusters comprises identifying a first visualization particle and a second visualization particle, wherein the center-to-center distance between the first visualization particle and the second visualization particle is no greater than 12 um.
108. The method of any of claims 100-105, wherein the step of identifying the clusters comprises identifying at least three visualization particles, wherein each of the three visualization particles is positioned such that the center of the visualization particle is located no further than 15 um from the center of each of the other two visualization particles.
109. The method of any of claims 100-108, wherein the step of identifying the clusters comprises selecting a cut-off value distance, wherein visualization particles situated at a distance from each other which is less than the cut-off value distance are considered to be associated with each other.
110. The method of claim 109, wherein the step of selecting a cut-off value distance comprises calculating a radial distribution function for two or more visualization particles in the image.
111. The method of any of claims 80-110, wherein the step of analyzing the image comprises extracting a feature from a region of the image of the mixture.
112. The method of claim 111, wherein the step of extracting the feature comprises analyzing the texture of the mixture.
113. The method of claim 112, wherein the step of analyzing the texture of the mixture comprises analyzing the image with a local binary patterns operator.
114. The method of claim 112 or 113, wherein the step of extracting the feature comprises analyzing the intensity of a signal in one or more color channels in a region of the image.
115. The method of claim 113, wherein the step of analyzing the texture of the mixture comprises inputting information obtained from the local binary patterns operator into an algorithm which has been previously trained with local binary patterns information from one or more images of a mixture of known agglutination status.
1 16. The method of any of claims 80-1 15, wherein the step of analyzing the image comprises comparing feature extraction information from the image of the mixture with feature extraction information from an image of a control mixture of known agglutination status, said control mixture comprising visualization particles and agglutinating particles.
1 17. The method of any of claims 80-116, wherein steps A) - C) are performed in one hour or less.
PCT/US2013/051165 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation WO2014015194A2 (en)

Priority Applications (13)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020157004315A KR20150038155A (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
MX2015000809A MX366275B (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation.
BR112015001087A BR112015001087A2 (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 methods to detect and measure aggregation
EP13820209.8A EP2875354A4 (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
JP2015523269A JP2015522825A (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detection and measurement of agglutination
AU2013292395A AU2013292395A1 (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
CA2878880A CA2878880C (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
CN201380048275.6A CN104641234B (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 The method for probing and measuring agglutinating reaction
SG11201500344XA SG11201500344XA (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
US14/598,498 US10281479B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2015-01-16 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
IL236769A IL236769B (en) 2012-07-18 2015-01-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
HK15110933.2A HK1210266A1 (en) 2012-07-18 2015-11-05 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
US16/370,167 US20190293665A1 (en) 2012-07-18 2019-03-29 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261673215P 2012-07-18 2012-07-18
US61/673,215 2012-07-18

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/598,498 Continuation US10281479B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2015-01-16 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014015194A2 true WO2014015194A2 (en) 2014-01-23
WO2014015194A3 WO2014015194A3 (en) 2014-05-15

Family

ID=49949384

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2013/051165 WO2014015194A2 (en) 2012-07-18 2013-07-18 Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation

Country Status (13)

Country Link
US (5) US9389229B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2875354A4 (en)
JP (3) JP2015522825A (en)
KR (1) KR20150038155A (en)
CN (2) CN104641234B (en)
AU (1) AU2013292395A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112015001087A2 (en)
CA (2) CA2878880C (en)
HK (1) HK1210266A1 (en)
IL (1) IL236769B (en)
MX (1) MX366275B (en)
SG (1) SG11201500344XA (en)
WO (1) WO2014015194A2 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016018940A1 (en) 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Sanofi Pasteur Vaxdesign Corporation Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay (hai)
US9471840B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2016-10-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for low-power object-detection in images using hardware scanning window
US9554100B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-01-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Low-power always-on face detection, tracking, recognition and/or analysis using events-based vision sensor
US9704056B2 (en) 2015-04-02 2017-07-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Computing hierarchical computations for computer vision calculations
US9762834B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-09-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Configurable hardware for computing computer vision features
US9838635B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-12-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Feature computation in a sensor element array
US9923004B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-03-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Hardware acceleration of computer vision feature detection
US9986179B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-05-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Sensor architecture using frame-based and event-based hybrid scheme
US10281479B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2019-05-07 Theranos Ip Company, Llc Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
US10515284B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2019-12-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Single-processor computer vision hardware control and application execution
US10614332B2 (en) 2016-12-16 2020-04-07 Qualcomm Incorportaed Light source modulation for iris size adjustment
US10728450B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2020-07-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Event based computer vision computation
US10948420B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2021-03-16 Indevr, Inc. Automated agglutination analyzer with contour comparison
US10984235B2 (en) 2016-12-16 2021-04-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Low power data generation for iris-related detection and authentication
CN112816699A (en) * 2019-12-13 2021-05-18 自主医疗设备公司 Automated cloud-based point-of-care (POC) pathogen and antibody array detection system and method
US11068712B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2021-07-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Low-power iris scan initialization

Families Citing this family (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA3138078C (en) 2007-10-02 2024-02-13 Labrador Diagnostics Llc Modular point-of-care devices and uses thereof
CN106290160A (en) 2011-01-21 2017-01-04 提拉诺斯公司 Sample uses maximized system and method
US9664702B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2017-05-30 Theranos, Inc. Fluid handling apparatus and configurations
US20140170735A1 (en) 2011-09-25 2014-06-19 Elizabeth A. Holmes Systems and methods for multi-analysis
US8475739B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2013-07-02 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for fluid handling
US9268915B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2016-02-23 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for diagnosis or treatment
US9632102B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2017-04-25 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for multi-purpose analysis
US9619627B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2017-04-11 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for collecting and transmitting assay results
US9810704B2 (en) 2013-02-18 2017-11-07 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for multi-analysis
US10012664B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2018-07-03 Theranos Ip Company, Llc Systems and methods for fluid and component handling
US9250229B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2016-02-02 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for multi-analysis
MX2016002797A (en) 2013-09-06 2016-05-26 Theranos Inc Devices, systems, methods and kits for receiving a swab.
KR20160053979A (en) 2013-09-06 2016-05-13 테라노스, 인코포레이티드 Systems and methods for detecting infectious diseases
US11650197B2 (en) * 2016-01-28 2023-05-16 Siemens Healthcare Diagnostics Inc. Methods and apparatus adapted to quantify a specimen from multiple lateral views
US11513333B2 (en) 2016-02-18 2022-11-29 Optofluidics Inc. System and method for characterizing particulates in a fluid sample
EP3249406A1 (en) * 2016-05-27 2017-11-29 PerkinElmer Cellular Technologies Germany GmbH Method for determining the number of infection focuses of a cell culture
CN106092860A (en) * 2016-05-29 2016-11-09 江苏英诺华医疗技术有限公司 A kind of detection method of platelet activation rate
EP3532985B1 (en) 2016-10-28 2023-07-12 Beckman Coulter, Inc. Substance preparation evaluation system
KR101997097B1 (en) * 2016-12-30 2019-07-05 주식회사 이지다이아텍 Apparatus for automatically performing analysis of immune and method of the same
KR102535909B1 (en) 2017-03-12 2023-05-23 일리티카 엘엘씨 digital molecular analysis
CN108663527A (en) * 2017-03-27 2018-10-16 南京市畜牧兽医站 Blood clotting and hemagglutination-inhibition test readout instrument
CN106980860A (en) * 2017-04-07 2017-07-25 广州誉康医药有限公司 A kind of result automatic interpretation method for liquid medium cross matching
EP3605107A4 (en) * 2017-04-28 2020-12-30 Ezdia Tech Inc. Automated immunoassay device and method using large magnetic particle complex
EP3467563A1 (en) * 2017-10-06 2019-04-10 Siemens Healthcare GmbH Microscope device
WO2020141463A2 (en) * 2019-01-03 2020-07-09 Pixcell Medical Technologies Ltd. Systems and methods for analyzing a fluid sample
JP2022520050A (en) * 2019-02-06 2022-03-28 エッセンリックス コーポレーション Assay with reduced interference (III)
CA3133265A1 (en) * 2019-03-12 2020-09-17 Novilux Llc Point of care concentration analyzer
CN113825999A (en) * 2019-03-28 2021-12-21 比奥-拉德欧洲有限公司 Apparatus and method for classifying pictures of gel card reaction
CN110286239A (en) * 2019-08-12 2019-09-27 杭州美川合佳生物科技有限公司 A kind of blood group automatical analysis device
US11796446B2 (en) * 2019-10-01 2023-10-24 National Taiwan University Systems and methods for automated hematological abnormality detection
JP7370573B2 (en) * 2019-10-03 2023-10-30 学校法人福岡大学 Infection diagnosis device and method for microscopic agglutination test
US20210318309A1 (en) * 2020-04-09 2021-10-14 Ilytica Llc Assays with induced aggregation for enhanced sensitivity
CN115397464A (en) 2020-04-24 2022-11-25 美国西门子医学诊断股份有限公司 Compositions, kits and methods for antimicrobial serological assays using anti-human immunoglobulin antibodies
JP7252925B2 (en) 2020-06-25 2023-04-05 オートノマス メディカル デバイシズ,インコーポレイテッド Automated cloud-based detection system and method for detecting pathogens and antibody arrays at the point of care (POC)
KR102656008B1 (en) * 2020-09-08 2024-04-11 경북대학교 산학협력단 Disease diagnosis kit, disease diagnosis method using the disease diagnosis kit and method for manufacturing the disease diagnosis kit
US20230024462A1 (en) * 2021-07-15 2023-01-26 Techcyte, Inc. Protecting information by partitioning data across multiple storage resources
JP2023150022A (en) 2022-03-31 2023-10-16 日本光電工業株式会社 Blood test apparatus, blood test method, and blood test program

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4176174A (en) * 1974-07-19 1979-11-27 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Viral antibody diagnostic test system
US4298346A (en) * 1978-02-06 1981-11-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Virus hemagglutination-inhibition reaction
US4403037A (en) * 1980-10-10 1983-09-06 American Hoechst Corporation Erythrocyte preparations and use thereof in hemagglutination tests
US4829011A (en) * 1987-08-27 1989-05-09 Biotrack, Inc. Agglutination assay
EP0435246B1 (en) * 1989-12-27 1995-08-09 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Reaction vessel
US20010034068A1 (en) * 1998-07-14 2001-10-25 Spivey Robin James Screening device and methods of screening immunoassay tests and agglutination tests
US20090325148A1 (en) * 2008-06-30 2009-12-31 Vaxdesign Inc. Bead Array Reader Based-Hemagglutination and Hemagglutination Inhibition Assay
US8007999B2 (en) * 2006-05-10 2011-08-30 Theranos, Inc. Real-time detection of influenza virus
US20110229914A1 (en) * 2009-10-21 2011-09-22 Frances Eun-Hyung Lee Use of Antibody Secreting Cell Elispot To Assess Antibody Responses Following Antigen Exposure

Family Cites Families (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4197088A (en) 1977-09-23 1980-04-08 Akro-Medic Engineering, Inc. Method for qualitative and quantitative determination of immunological reactions
JPS5895248A (en) 1981-11-02 1983-06-06 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Vessel for judging flocculation of particles and judging method for flocculation of particles using said vessel
US4857457A (en) * 1986-07-24 1989-08-15 Shamsuddin Abulkalam M Screening test for large intestinal cancer
JP2897026B2 (en) * 1988-10-27 1999-05-31 スズキ株式会社 Immunological agglutination detector
GB8905807D0 (en) 1989-03-14 1989-04-26 Health Lab Service Board Particle aggregation
US5330897A (en) 1989-04-27 1994-07-19 South Alabama Medical Science Foundation Sialic acid binding lectin of protozoan origin
US5169601A (en) 1990-04-27 1992-12-08 Suzuki Motor Corporation Immunological agglutination detecting apparatus with separately controlled supplementary light sources
JPH05297001A (en) * 1992-04-15 1993-11-12 Fujirebio Inc Method and device for automatic immunity measurement using magnetic particle
JPH08304401A (en) * 1995-05-09 1996-11-22 Fujirebio Inc Inspection instrument for specimen
US5541417A (en) * 1995-05-18 1996-07-30 Abbott Laboratories Quantative agglutination reaction analysis method
JP3706190B2 (en) * 1996-02-28 2005-10-12 デンカ生研株式会社 Method for measuring human parvovirus B19
US5994139A (en) 1998-04-07 1999-11-30 Coulter International Corp. Stable hematology control composition and method of use
GB9816088D0 (en) 1998-07-23 1998-09-23 Axis Biochemicals Asa System
US7026131B2 (en) 2000-11-17 2006-04-11 Nagaoka & Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatus for blood typing with optical bio-discs
US7087203B2 (en) 2000-11-17 2006-08-08 Nagaoka & Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatus for blood typing with optical bio-disc
US6992819B2 (en) 2000-12-01 2006-01-31 Auburn University High-resolution optical microscope for quick detection of pathogens
JP4290492B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2009-07-08 シスメックス株式会社 Sample pretreatment liquid for immunochromatography test, immunochromatography test method and immunochromatography test kit
US20070054405A1 (en) 2003-10-23 2007-03-08 Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc. Patient sample classification based upon low angle light scattering
EP1708742A4 (en) * 2003-12-05 2008-11-05 Becton Dickinson Co Methods of enhancing immune response in the intradermal compartment and compounds useful thereof
JP2006125994A (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-18 Osaka Prefecture Particle for analyzing influenza virus antigenicity
WO2007053654A2 (en) 2005-10-31 2007-05-10 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Agglutination-based method for fast detection, isolation and quantification of apoptotic cells
GB0523019D0 (en) 2005-11-11 2005-12-21 Dunex Technologies Inc Automated immunoassay apparatus
AT502855B1 (en) * 2005-11-30 2009-10-15 Oridis Biomed Forschungs Und E METHOD AND DEVICE FOR THE AUTOMATIC NON-DESTRUCTIVE ANALYSIS OF A VARIETY OF BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES
WO2007120911A2 (en) * 2006-04-14 2007-10-25 Carnegie Mellon University Cellular labeling and quantification for nuclear magnetic resonance techniques
US8000509B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2011-08-16 Ikonisys, Inc. Image processing method for a microscope system
US7718420B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2010-05-18 Postech Academy-Industry Foundation Microfluidic biochip for blood typing based on agglutination reaction
EP2101917A1 (en) 2007-01-10 2009-09-23 Scandinavian Micro Biodevices A/S A microfluidic device and a microfluidic system and a method of performing a test
JP5178069B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2013-04-10 ベックマン コールター, インコーポレイテッド Aggregated image automatic determination method, apparatus, program, and recording medium using MT system
US7989177B2 (en) 2007-08-20 2011-08-02 Allied Innovative Systems, Llc Method and device for ultrasound assisted particle agglutination assay
US20090214114A1 (en) 2008-02-19 2009-08-27 Diascan Ab Pixel classification in image analysis
EP2439530B1 (en) 2008-03-14 2013-11-06 Scandinavian Micro Biodevices ApS Microfluidic system for coagulation tests or agglutination tests
CN101903532A (en) 2008-03-24 2010-12-01 株式会社尼康 Method for analyzing image for cell observation, image processing program, and image processing device
JP2010032327A (en) * 2008-07-28 2010-02-12 Panasonic Corp Detection method of substance to be detected, detector of substance to be detected, depth position measuring method and depth position measuring instrument
US20100137159A1 (en) 2008-10-28 2010-06-03 The Board Of Regents For Oklahoma State University Simple Tests for Rapid Detection of Canine Parvovirus Antigen and Antibodies
JP5426181B2 (en) 2009-01-21 2014-02-26 シスメックス株式会社 Specimen processing system, cell image classification apparatus, and specimen processing method
US8962256B2 (en) 2009-10-20 2015-02-24 Sanofi Pasteur Vaxdesign Corp. Surface-assisted hemagglutination and hemagglutination inhibition assays
JP5660273B2 (en) * 2010-01-04 2015-01-28 日本電気株式会社 Image diagnosis method, image diagnosis apparatus, and image diagnosis program
CN106290160A (en) * 2011-01-21 2017-01-04 提拉诺斯公司 Sample uses maximized system and method
US8435738B2 (en) 2011-09-25 2013-05-07 Theranos, Inc. Systems and methods for multi-analysis
EP2852841B1 (en) * 2012-05-23 2017-10-11 King Abdullah University Of Science And Technology Microbead agglutination based assays
US9389229B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2016-07-12 Theranos, Inc. Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4176174A (en) * 1974-07-19 1979-11-27 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Viral antibody diagnostic test system
US4298346A (en) * 1978-02-06 1981-11-03 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Virus hemagglutination-inhibition reaction
US4403037A (en) * 1980-10-10 1983-09-06 American Hoechst Corporation Erythrocyte preparations and use thereof in hemagglutination tests
US4829011A (en) * 1987-08-27 1989-05-09 Biotrack, Inc. Agglutination assay
EP0435246B1 (en) * 1989-12-27 1995-08-09 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Reaction vessel
US20010034068A1 (en) * 1998-07-14 2001-10-25 Spivey Robin James Screening device and methods of screening immunoassay tests and agglutination tests
US8007999B2 (en) * 2006-05-10 2011-08-30 Theranos, Inc. Real-time detection of influenza virus
US20090325148A1 (en) * 2008-06-30 2009-12-31 Vaxdesign Inc. Bead Array Reader Based-Hemagglutination and Hemagglutination Inhibition Assay
US20110229914A1 (en) * 2009-10-21 2011-09-22 Frances Eun-Hyung Lee Use of Antibody Secreting Cell Elispot To Assess Antibody Responses Following Antigen Exposure

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
MCHUGH, TM ET AL.: 'Simultaneous Detection Of Antibodies To Cytomegalovirus And Herpes Simplex Virus By Using Flow Cytometry And A Microsphere-Based Fluorescence Immunoassay.' JOURNAL OF CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY vol. 26, no. 10, October 1988, pages 1957 - 1961 *

Cited By (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10281479B2 (en) 2012-07-18 2019-05-07 Theranos Ip Company, Llc Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
EP3175022A4 (en) * 2014-07-28 2018-01-10 Sanofi Pasteur VaxDesign Corporation Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay (hai)
KR102395935B1 (en) 2014-07-28 2022-05-10 사노피 파스퇴르 백스디자인 코포레이션 Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay(hai)
CN106661764B (en) * 2014-07-28 2020-06-30 赛诺菲巴斯德维思设计公司 Automated imaging and analysis of hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI)
US10502730B2 (en) 2014-07-28 2019-12-10 Sanofi Pasteur Vaxdesign Corporation Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI)
KR20170044666A (en) * 2014-07-28 2017-04-25 사노피 파스퇴르 백스디자인 코포레이션 Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay(hai)
CN106661764A (en) * 2014-07-28 2017-05-10 赛诺菲巴斯德维思设计公司 Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI)
JP2017522568A (en) * 2014-07-28 2017-08-10 サノフィ パスツール ヴァックスデザイン コーポレーション Automated imaging and analysis of hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI)
US10012643B2 (en) 2014-07-28 2018-07-03 Sanofi Pasteur Vaxdesign Corporation Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay (HAI)
WO2016018940A1 (en) 2014-07-28 2016-02-04 Sanofi Pasteur Vaxdesign Corporation Automated imaging and analysis of the hemagglutination inhibition assay (hai)
US9977977B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-05-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for low-power object-detection in images using computer vision feature computation hardware
US9582725B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-02-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for low-power object-detection in images using image integration hardware
US9923004B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-03-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Hardware acceleration of computer vision feature detection
US9940533B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-04-10 Qualcomm Incorporated Scanning window for isolating pixel values in hardware for computer vision operations
US9838635B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-12-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Feature computation in a sensor element array
US9986211B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-05-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Low-power always-on face detection, tracking, recognition and/or analysis using events-based vision sensor
US9986179B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-05-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Sensor architecture using frame-based and event-based hybrid scheme
US9762834B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-09-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Configurable hardware for computing computer vision features
US9471840B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2016-10-18 Qualcomm Incorporated Apparatus and method for low-power object-detection in images using hardware scanning window
US9870506B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-01-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Low-power always-on face detection, tracking, recognition and/or analysis using events-based vision sensor
US10515284B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2019-12-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Single-processor computer vision hardware control and application execution
US11068712B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2021-07-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Low-power iris scan initialization
US9554100B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-01-24 Qualcomm Incorporated Low-power always-on face detection, tracking, recognition and/or analysis using events-based vision sensor
US10728450B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2020-07-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Event based computer vision computation
US9704056B2 (en) 2015-04-02 2017-07-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Computing hierarchical computations for computer vision calculations
US10948420B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2021-03-16 Indevr, Inc. Automated agglutination analyzer with contour comparison
US10984235B2 (en) 2016-12-16 2021-04-20 Qualcomm Incorporated Low power data generation for iris-related detection and authentication
US10614332B2 (en) 2016-12-16 2020-04-07 Qualcomm Incorportaed Light source modulation for iris size adjustment
CN112816699A (en) * 2019-12-13 2021-05-18 自主医疗设备公司 Automated cloud-based point-of-care (POC) pathogen and antibody array detection system and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2015522825A (en) 2015-08-06
HK1210266A1 (en) 2016-04-15
IL236769A0 (en) 2015-03-31
US20140045170A1 (en) 2014-02-13
US20170023595A1 (en) 2017-01-26
US20190293665A1 (en) 2019-09-26
JP2022069520A (en) 2022-05-11
SG11201500344XA (en) 2015-02-27
US10281479B2 (en) 2019-05-07
CA3153334A1 (en) 2014-01-23
EP2875354A4 (en) 2016-03-02
CN104641234A (en) 2015-05-20
EP2875354A2 (en) 2015-05-27
CN110346568A (en) 2019-10-18
US20160266142A1 (en) 2016-09-15
US20150198591A1 (en) 2015-07-16
US9389229B2 (en) 2016-07-12
AU2013292395A1 (en) 2015-01-29
CA2878880C (en) 2022-06-14
MX2015000809A (en) 2015-05-07
BR112015001087A2 (en) 2017-06-27
CA2878880A1 (en) 2014-01-23
IL236769B (en) 2019-07-31
KR20150038155A (en) 2015-04-08
WO2014015194A3 (en) 2014-05-15
JP2019148610A (en) 2019-09-05
MX366275B (en) 2019-07-03
CN104641234B (en) 2019-08-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20190293665A1 (en) Methods for detecting and measuring aggregation
US11644410B2 (en) Systems and methods for sample use maximization
Corstjens et al. Tools for diagnosis, monitoring and screening of Schistosoma infections utilizing lateral-flow based assays and upconverting phosphor labels
EP2780705B1 (en) Methods and systems for detecting an analyte in a sample
US20120015350A1 (en) Lateral flow strip and uses thereof
CN104126120A (en) Paper based diagnostic test
US20170233787A1 (en) Methods and compositions for analyzing glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase activity in blood samples
Nantulya An antigen detection enzyme immunoassay for the diagnosis of rhodesiense sleeping sickness
Hosseini et al. General overviews on applications of ELISA
US20130210035A1 (en) Chip and method for detecting glycosylated hemoglobin
KR101990958B1 (en) Simultaneous diagnosis kit for HIV type 1, 2 and O using immunochromatographic assay and simultaneous diagnosis method using the same
van der Wal et al. Bead-based immunoassays
US20080032315A1 (en) Method and Kit for Determining the Immunisation Status of a Person
WO2023180899A1 (en) Device and method for detecting diarrhea

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13820209

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2878880

Country of ref document: CA

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2013820209

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013820209

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015523269

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/A/2015/000809

Country of ref document: MX

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 236769

Country of ref document: IL

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013292395

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20130718

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20157004315

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13820209

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

REG Reference to national code

Ref country code: BR

Ref legal event code: B01A

Ref document number: 112015001087

Country of ref document: BR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 112015001087

Country of ref document: BR

Kind code of ref document: A2

Effective date: 20150116